![ ]()

Annual Report

2022

![ ]()

4

At a Glance

6

The Year in Brief

8

Key Highlights

10

Emma’s Story

16

Chair’s Statement

22

Strategy and Business Model

26

Key Performance Indicators

28

EPRA Performance Measures

30

The Investment Manager

32

Investment Manager’s Report

41

Portfolio Summary

46

Sustainability Report

62

Stakeholder Engagement

66

Risk Management

72

Going Concern and Viability

75

Board Approval of the Strategic Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Company Overview

Strategic Report

![ ]()

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

1

Governance

78

Chair’s Letter

80

Board of Directors

82

Corporate Governance

88

Audit Committee Report

92

Management Engagement

Committee Report

94

Nomination Committee Report

97

Directors’ Remuneration Report

98

Directors’ Remuneration Policy

100

Annual Report on

Directors’ Remuneration

103

Directors’ Report

107

Directors’ Responsibilities Statement

109

Independent Auditor’s Report

Financial Statements

118

Group Statement of Comprehensive

Income

119

Group Statement of Financial

Position

120

Group Statement of Changes in

Equity

121

Group Statement of Cash Flows

122

Notes to the Group Financial Statements

142

Company Statement of Financial Position

143

Company Statement of Changes

in Equity

146

Notes to the Company Accounts

Other Information

148

Unaudited Performance Measures

150

Glossary and Deﬁnitions

152

Shareholder Information

![ ]()

![ ]()

Company

Overview

![ ]()

At a

Glance

/

WHO WE ARE

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

invests in social housing properties in

the United Kingdom (UK), focusing on

homes in the Specialised Supported

Housing sector which have been

adapted for vulnerable people with

care and support needs.

We believe our residents

deserve a home in a

community setting

that offers greater

independence than

traditional institutional

accommodation, at the

same time as meeting their

specialist care needs.

Our ambition is to be the leading

Specialised Supported Housing

investor in the UK, helping guarantee

a secure future for people in need

across the country whilst ensuring

that our shareholders have an ethical,

attractive, long-term income source

which creates social impact.

4

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

![ ]()

/

WHO WE ARE

We seek to optimise the opportunities available to

vulnerable people across the UK. The properties we

invest in provide homes for people with speciﬁc care and

support requirements. These needs often result from

mental health problems, learning disabilities, or physical

and sensory impairment.

Our accommodation differentiates itself by being a

home within a community rather than the care facilities

that have historically been the mainstay for vulnerable

people whose care needs are similar to our residents.

We also seek to provide value-for-money to local

authorities by offering housing that is both more suitable

and cost-effective than traditional alternatives.

Our portfolio beneﬁts from leases to Approved

Providers, who are bodies that receive payment from

central or local government to provide homes for people

in need of housing. Through these leases we offer our

shareholders an attractive level of income that is linked

to inﬂation.

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

5

![ ]()

The Year

in Brief

During 2022, the Group deployed

£20.3 million into Specialised

Supported Housing (and one

Children’s Services property) in the

UK, acquiring 14 homes over the

course of the year.

The Group received 91.8% of

rent due during the year, with

material rent arrears attributable

to two Approved Providers only.

As described in the Investment

Manager’s report, the Group is

taking active steps to address the

issues that have led to the rent

arrears with a view to increasing

rent collection and ensuring

the sustainability of the rental

income generated from these two

Approved Providers.

3 MARCH

2022

The Company declared an

interim dividend of 1.30

pence per Ordinary Share for

the period from 1 October

to 31 December 2021,

resulting in an aggregate

total dividend of 5.20 pence

per Ordinary Share for the

full year ended 31 December

2021.

30 MAY 2022

The Company declared an

interim dividend of 1.365 pence

per Ordinary Share for the period

from 1 January to 31 March

2022.

The Company announced an

unaudited Net Asset Value (NAV)

per Ordinary Share of 110.70p,

as at 31 March 2022.

MARCH

MAY

SEPTEMBER

23 NOVEMBER

2022

The Company declared an interim dividend

of 1.365 pence per Ordinary Share for the

period from 1 July to 30 September 2022.

The Company announced an unaudited

NAV per Ordinary Share of 111.58p, as at

30 September 2022.

NOVEMBER

AUGUST

DECEMBER

6

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

![ ]()

POST PERIOD EVENTS

Following the announcement of a Government cap of 7%

on social and affordable rent increases from April 2023,

irrespective of the fact that the cap does not apply to

Specialised Supported Housing, the Company has voluntarily

chosen to implement this cap for rent reviews applicable to its

Registered Provider lessees in 2023.

On 2 March 2023, the Company declared an interim dividend

of 1.365 pence per Ordinary Share for the period from

1 October to 31 December 2022 resulting in an aggregate

dividend of 5.46 pence per Ordinary Share for the full year

ended 31 December 2022.

27 MAY 2022

Shareholders approved the Company’s

revised Investment Policy. Amendments

included:

•

Removing the Group’s minimum lease

term restriction.

•

Allowing the Group to selectively

take on the cost of funding planned

maintenance.

•

Giving the Group the ability to enter into

leases which are subject to upward only

adjustments, tracking either inﬂation or

central housing beneﬁt policy.

25 AUGUST

2022

Fitch Ratings re-afﬁrmed the Group’s

existing Investment Grade, long-term Issuer

Default Rating (IDR) of ‘A-’ with a stable

outlook and a senior secured rating of ‘A’

for the Group’s existing loan notes.

8 SEPTEMBER

2022

The Company declared an interim dividend

of 1.365 pence per Ordinary Share for the

period from 1 April to 30 June 2022.

8 DECEMBER

2022

The Group cancelled the £160 million

Revolving Credit Facility with Lloyds and

Natwest in December 2022 (the facility

had been reduced in size from £160m to

£50m in February 2022).

7

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

Key Highlights

PORTFOLIO

VALUATION

£669.1

million

(December 2021: £642.0 million)

As at 31 December 2022, the portfolio

was independently valued at £669.1

million on an IFRS basis, representing

an uplift of 11.1% against total invested

funds of £602.2 million.

TOTAL RETURN

37.4%

(December 2021: 31.1%)

Total return since IPO to 31 December

2022 was 37.4 %.

CONTRACTED

RENTAL INCOME

£39.0 million

(December 2021: £35.8 million)

As at 31 December 2022, the contracted

rental income was £39.0 million per

annum.

WAULT

25.3 years

(December 2021: 26.2 years)

As at 31 December 2022, the WAULT

was 25.3 years (including put/call

options and reversionary leases).

RENTAL UPLIFTS

100% index

linked

2

(December 2021: 100%)

As at 31 December 2022, 100% of

contracted rental income was either

Consumer Price Inﬂation (“CPI”) or

Retail Price Index (“RPI”) linked.

DIVIDEND

COVER

0.92x

(December 2021: 0.99x)

Dividend cover, based on adjusted

earnings, for the period ending

31 December 2022 was 0.92x.

Historically dividend cover has been

reported on a contracted run-rate basis

which for 2021, due to all rent being

in payment, was the same as adjusted

earnings dividend cover. Due to an

increase in rent arrears over the period

we have moved to a reporting on an

adjusted earnings basis.

1

EPRA NET

TANGIBLE ASSETS

109.06p

(December 2021: 108.27 pence)

The EPRA Net Tangible Assets was equal

to the IFRS NAV and was 109.06 pence

per share as at 31 December 2022.

NET PROFIT

£24.9 million

(December 2021: £28.4 million)

Net Proﬁt for the year ended 31

December 2022 was £24.9 million.

EPRA Net

Initial Yield

(NIY)

5.46%

(December 2021: 5.20%)

The EPRA NIY was 5.46% as at 31

December 2022.

EPRA NIY is equal to an annualised

rental income based on the cash rents

passing at the balance sheet date, less

non-recoverable property operating

expenses, divided by the market value of

the property, increased with (estimated)

purchasers’ costs.

DIVIDEND PER

ORDINARY SHARE

5.46p

(December 2021: 5.20 pence)

Dividends paid or declared in respect

of the year ending 31 December 2022

totalled 5.46 pence per share.

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

8

![ ]()

LTV

37.4%

(December 2021: 37.6%)

As at 31 December 2022, the Group’s LTV

was 37.4%

ONGOING

CHARGES RATIO

1.60%

(December 2021: 1.54%)

The ongoing charges ratio was 1.60% as

at 31 December 2022 and is a ratio of

annualised ongoing charges expressed as

a percentage of average net asset value

throughout the year. This has increased

year on year due to inﬂation on expenses

and increase in fees charged on NAV.

TOTAL

INVESTMENT

PORTFOLIO

497

properties

(December 2021: 488)

During the year the Group purchased

14 properties with an aggregate purchase

price of £20.3 million bringing the total

portfolio to 497 properties.

MARKET

CAPITALISATION

£246.9 million

(December 2021: £389.9 million)

As at 31 December 2022, the market

capitalisation of the Group was

£246.9 million.

APPROVED

PROVIDERS

27

(December 2021: 24)

As at 31 December 2022, the Group had

leases with 27 Approved Providers.

FIXED PRICE,

RATED DEBT

2.74% and

10.6 years

(December 2021: 2.74% and 11.6 years)

At 31 December 2022, the weighted

average cost of debt was 2.74% which is

entirely ﬁxed, and the weighted average

term to maturity was 10.6 years.

UNITS

3,456

(December 2021: 3,424)

As at 31 December 2022, the portfolio

comprised 3,456 units.

LEASES

395

(December 2021: 382)

As at 31 December 2022, the portfolio

had 395 leases.

1. Adjusted earnings is EPRA earnings adjusted for non-cash items such as ongoing amortisation of loan arrangement fees

2. 5.1% of our leases are capped.

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

9

![ ]()

Leeds

Supported

Living

Gildersome - Emma’s story

/

BACKGROUND TO LEEDS

SUPPORTED LIVING

Located in the village of Gildersome, Leeds Supported

Living has been providing a Specialised Supported

Living service for adults with mental health needs since

December 2020. Staff support tenants to develop

their conﬁdence and skills with the hope that they will

eventually be able to move on to and live independently.

The project was funded by the Group, ISL are the care

provider with 24-hour support provided by dedicated

staff and Blue Square Residential provide housing

management services.

Each of the 15 self-contained ﬂats come with an open

plan living room and kitchen area, and an ensuite master

bedroom. Tenants beneﬁt from a shared private garden

and a communal kitchen lounge which they use for joint

activities such as cooking. A new sensory hub is set

to open shortly in a separate cabin, providing further

activities and a place for the residents to relax in.

Conveniently located for access to local shops on nearby

Church Street and Gildersome Street, Leeds Supported

Living has a bus stop on its doorstep with the train

station only a 15-minute walk away.

We spoke with one of the tenants Emma and ISL service

manager Kirsty to ﬁnd out how Emma’s life has changed

since she’s moved in.

10

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

![ ]()

“For the ﬁrst

time in my life,

I’ve bought loads

of furniture and

made a home.”

11

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

2022 Annual Report

![ ]()

/

A HOME WHICH HAS LET THE

LIGHT IN

“For the ﬁrst time in my life, I’ve bought loads of

furniture and made a home,” said Emma, who moved

into Leeds Supported Living in December 2020.

Having been in a hospital psychiatric ward for three

years, followed by a stay in rehabilitation and a

transitional housing unit, Emma credits her home and

the support from staff with changing her life.

The ﬁrst thing that drew Emma to her ﬂat was the

window in the living room, which she describes as

“huge, almost as big as a wall!”

“Living here has made a big impact on my recovery and

helped my life to get a lot better. It’s a really nice space

to be in. I love it because I get so much light into my ﬂat

and I haven’t had that for ages.

In the transitional unit,

the only thing I could see looking out of the window was

a tree.” Emma says.

She adds: “When I was in hospital, I did not see daylight.

There was only one window on the ward – no natural

light at all. When I came here, I realised I’ve got a

massive window. It’s really good for my mental health.”

Emma’s ginger and white cat, lovingly named Angel

also helps with her mental health. ISL worked with the

Registered Provider Blue Square, to ensure that Emma

could live with her beloved cat in her ﬂat.

Emma smiles as she says: “Angel is really cheeky, and a

bit of a comfort animal. She knows when I’m not feeling

great and will give me a cuddle. She has such a sweet

personality and it’s nice to have her here.”

As you’d expect, everyone living at Leeds Supported

Living can decorate their ﬂats to suit their personal

preferences and tastes.

“My ﬂat is spacious, it’s all really modern and I’m allowed

to express myself. Living here is a big step forward, after

being in institutions for ﬁve to six years where you don’t

really get the opportunity to do that,” says Emma.

Emma has added tones of purple with her furniture to

complement the grey and white colour scheme, with

tapestry decorating her rooms.

Moving in has also helped Emma to get the support

she needs with her studies - she is passionate about

psychology and is now in the ﬁnal year of a psychology

degree at Leeds Beckett University.

She said: “University can be very stressful but living here

helps - all the staff are really supportive of me going to

uni. They’re energetic, enthusiastic, and some even have

psychology degrees which has helped me to gather

ideas.”

Her passion for her new home has even led to her

writing about the communal room located in the

apartment building, and how it’s impacting positively on

mental health for a university assignment.

The welcoming communal lounge is furnished with

two large cosy sofas with bright yellow and checked

cushions, a round wooden dining table and chairs in

the centre, with an assortment of plants on the south-

facing windowsill. Nestled in the corner of the room is a

bookcase full with books and board games.

In her essay, Emma wrote: “It has become an area that is

used for people to relax and socialise, bake, cook, sing,

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

12

![ ]()

dance, talk, play cards, do artwork, and share laughter

and banter. People are now very relaxed here…it is clear

that they now feel more at home here.”

She adds: “There’s loads of nice colours, photos and

a board full of afﬁrmations, which is really bright. The

communal area really helps me to get out of my ﬂat and

develop my social skills – I’m spending a lot of time with

people from different backgrounds.”

Emma adds: “Mental health is quite unpredictable. One

of the good things about living here is that support

times are ﬂexible, you can ask for support as and when

you need it.”

Devoting time to volunteering at a local mental health

organisation, which helps young people, is another

of Emma’s passions. As well as blogging, she runs a

creative writing group which has regular workshops.

Emma is passionate about complementary therapy

such as Reiki and will be leading yoga and meditation

sessions in the Sensory Hub.

Another of her big hobbies is baking. Emma says:

“When I was in hospital, I found a passion for baking,

and I’ve got the space to bake here. The kitchen is a

really good size. It’s great because I can do it any time

of day. Sometimes I have a bit of a midnight bake and I

hand it out to residents.”

Cheesecake is her favourite bake, and her baking

skills also make her very popular with other residents

(“Everyone loves her!” Kirsty smiles).

The future for Emma looks bright, with the potential for

her to move into a step-down service, without 24-hour

support, in the future thanks to the progress she’s made.

Emma says: “My mental health problems aren’t as grave

here. Living here has helped my life to get a lot better.”

The communal area also has another wall display

decorated with leaves with written inscriptions, such

as ‘supportive’, ‘inspirational’, and ‘empathetic’. Kirsty

explains: “We all shared three positive words about each

other which we wrote on the leaves.”

Emma has also formed friendships since moving in. She

said: “I’ve made a couple of nice friends here and we do

things together. We go out for open mic nights in the

local pub or sometimes go to the local Indian restaurant.

I have a social life here – I didn’t have one before.”

Kirsty adds: “I’ve been working here since 2022, and in

the last 12 months I’ve seen a real conﬁdence boost in

Emma. If she has an idea, we encourage it. She also has

creative freedom which she really explores.”

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

13

![ ]()

![ ]()

Strategic

Report

![ ]()

Chair’s

Statement

CHRIS PHILLIPS, Chair

16

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

![ ]()

/ INTRODUCTION

2022 has proven to be another year of unforeseen

challenges. Inﬂation and resultant rising interest rates

were to be expected, but their pace of increase was

accelerated by geopolitical events, most notably

the tragic war in Ukraine, as well as the fallout from

heightened domestic political volatility in the UK in

the latter half of the year. The Bank of England base

rate increased by 375 basis points in 12 months, and

inﬂation reached levels not seen in over 40 years. Higher

interest rates have provided investors seeking income

with a range of options, many of which have not been

viable over the last 15 years, and inﬂation and its root

causes have created operational challenges for business

throughout the UK and indeed the world. Questions

remain about the impact these challenges will have on

property valuations as investors and valuers grapple with

understanding the real impact on the performance of

property assets, and their relative attractiveness when

compared to alternative sources of income.

As with most publicly traded REITs, these factors,

combined with further regulatory judgements issued by

the Regulator in relation to two of the Group’s Approved

Providers, have contributed to the Company’s shares

trading at a discount to Net Asset Value during the

period. The Board continues to actively engage with

its shareholders and is committed to addressing this

discount. As noted in our recent trading update, in order

to deliver value to shareholders, the Board and Manager

are exploring making accretive share buybacks outside

of a close period and the potential sale of a portfolio

of the Group’s properties. If the Group considered

that a potential sale of a portfolio would be in the best

interests of its shareholders, and conditional on such a

transaction not having a material adverse impact on the

Group’s leverage position, the Board would seek to use

the proceeds to optimise shareholder value in the most

efﬁcient way.

Whilst we remain conscious of the need to address

the current share price discount to Net Asset Value, I

am pleased to report that we have delivered a stable

and consistent set of results, and we have been able to

continue to focus on providing more good homes for

vulnerable people throughout the UK. Our strategy is well

insulated against the fallout from deteriorating economic

circumstances and any resultant decline in demand for

other goods and services. The need for more Specialised

Supported Housing in the UK continues to grow and this

fact, more than anything, underpins our resilient ﬁnancial

performance.

Despite challenging operating conditions, we have

delivered a total return of 5.7% comprising 5.0% from

dividend income and 0.7% from a growth in capital value.

Given current concerns around interest rates, it is worth

reiterating that all of the Group’s debt is long-term and

ﬁxed-price with a weighted average term of 10.6 years

and a weighted average coupon of 2.74%.

This year we have been able to demonstrate to our

investors the strong inﬂation protection within our

portfolio. We increased our dividend target by 5.0%,

supported by strong underlying rental growth (the

weighted average rental growth for the period was 6.7%).

Looking forward, whilst Specialised Supported Housing

is excluded from the Government’s 7% cap on social

housing rent increases, we have prudently decided to

temporarily cap the Group’s rent increases at 7% for the

year of 2023. The voluntary cap applied to the portfolio’s

leases with Registered Providers for 2023 allows for

material rental growth (in excess of the Group’s highest

historical weighted average annual rental growth rate),

whilst ensuring that the Group’s rent increases remain

sustainable and in line with wider social housing sector

policy.

17

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

Whilst the Group is well placed to navigate the current economic headwinds, we must

acknowledge that the Group’s Approved Providers have been presented with signiﬁcant

operating challenges. We continue to work closely with our counterparties whose operating

margins have come under pressure from increases in maintenance, stafﬁng and energy

costs at a time where local authorities and central Government are tightening ﬁscal policy.

Rent collection during the year fell below historic levels of 100% to 91.8%. As noted in the

Company’s recent trading update, these rent arrears are predominantly attributable to two

Approved Providers, My Space Housing Solutions and Parasol Homes. A full update on what

steps are being taken to actively address the causes of the rental arrears and preserve the

Group’s rental income generated from these two lessees going forward is provided in the

Investment Manager’s Report.

In conjunction with working with Approved Providers to help them address speciﬁc challenges,

we have also remained focused on helping all of our Registered Provider partners respond to

concerns raised by the Regulator about the risks associated with the long-lease model that

is commonly employed in the sector. Through amending the Company’s investment policy

and investment restrictions in May last year, which enabled the Group to enter into more

ﬂexible leases, we commenced a process of looking to address these concerns in a way that

we hope will help deliver meaningful change to our Approved Providers whilst enhancing

the sustainability and performance of the Group’s portfolio. The Investment Manager’s report

will expand on the new ﬂexible leases that the Group can now enter into, and the roll-out of

a new clause in the Group’s existing leases to help address concerns about risk sharing. The

clause has been developed in consultation with key stakeholders, including the Regulator. The

implementation of the clause is intended to enhance the Group’s Registered Provider lessees’

compliance with the Regulator’s standards.

It is important to us that over 94% of our lessees beneﬁt from being regulated by the Regulator.

We believe in proportionate specialist regulation and the enhancements and protections around

governance and service provision that this brings. In over 88% of our properties specialist care

and support is provided by care providers regulated by the Care Quality Commission (“CQC”)

further enhancing both the services provided to the individuals living in our properties and the

associated regulatory protections.

As well as proving commercially challenging, 2022 exacerbated a number of existing societal

issues and has seen a growing cost-of-living crisis begin to impact the lives of millions of people

throughout the UK. Despite additional government support, high inﬂation has created an

affordability crisis which research has shown to disproportionately impact the most vulnerable

members of society. In the social housing sector, rising interest rates, growing maintenance

costs, labour shortages and a need to invest into existing homes to bring them up to standard

in terms of ﬁre safety and energy efﬁciency have eroded the development budgets of

Registered Providers. This, combined with growing pressure on people’s ability to afford private

rents, has exacerbated the housing crisis and increased demand for social housing at a time

when Registered Providers are struggling to meet supply targets. Finally, it is rightly impossible

to ignore the clear daily pressures faced by the NHS and the social care sector and hard to see,

given the current strain on public ﬁnances, how things can materially improve in the short term

without additional funding.

More than ever therefore, it is clear that private capital is required to help meet the UK’s

social housing needs. The Group has continued to deploy capital into both new and existing

Specialised Supported Housing properties over the course of the year. In 2022, we have

delivered 14 newly developed or newly adapted properties containing 113 homes. These

additional homes should help Local Authorities move people off social housing waiting lists

and in some cases relieve pressure on the NHS by enabling people to move out of long-stay

hospitals and into their own homes.

18

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

During the year, we continued to deploy our remaining

capital in order to address the acute need for this type of

housing and provide additional homes for people with care

and support needs. The Group invested £20.3 million in

acquiring 14 properties providing 113 additional homes.

This has enabled us to grow the Group’s portfolio to over

£669.1 million in value and provide over 3,400 homes

working alongside our Approved Provider and care provider

partners with the continued support of our shareholders and

lenders.

I am pleased to continue to report this year that we

have paid all target dividends in full as we have done

consistently since IPO. For the year ending 31 December

2022, dividend cover, based on adjusted earnings, was

0.92x. Dividend cover was lower than in previous years due

to the higher than usual level of rent arrears. Through our

focus on addressing the current level of rent payments with

My Space and Parasol (as expanded on in the Investment

Manager’s Report) we will look to increase dividend cover

this coming year and preserve it over the longer-term. We

expect to announce our dividend target for 2023 in May as

we have done in previous years.

Overall, we are proud of another set of stable ﬁnancial

results which build on our performance to date. This

would not have been possible without the support of our

stakeholders, all of whom played an important role in

supporting us with delivering on our investment strategy

during the period. You can read more about our ﬁnancial

performance during the period in our Key Highlights at

pages

8 to 9,

along with a more in-depth review in the

Investment Manager’s report on pages

32 to 44.

Despite the relative resilience of the Group’s ﬁnancial

performance and the sector’s compelling supply and

demand fundamentals, the Company’s share price has

traded at a discount to Net Asset Value during the period.

As noted above, the Board along with the Investment

Manager, are actively considering what further steps can be

taken to address the discount.

19

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

SOCIAL IMPACT

Social Impact remains engrained in our decision-making

processes and is central to our business model. This set

of results once again demonstrates our conviction that

ﬁnancial performance and social impact are mutually

reinforcing. The independent Impact Report prepared by

The Good Economy identiﬁes that our properties have

delivered £3.30 of Total Social Value for every £1.00

invested in the year to 31 December 2022. You can read

more on the social value and impact that our properties

create in the Impact Report prepared by the Good

Economy, available separately on our website.

/

THE BOARD

The Board, led by Ian Reeves, Chair of the Nomination

Committee, has instructed Nurole Ltd, an external

search consultancy (there is no connection between the

Company or any individual Directors and the external

search consultancy), to commence a robust succession

exercise to recruit a new non-executive director and

hopes to provide an update before the 2023 AGM. As

part of this succession exercise, the Board has taken

into consideration the diversity targets within the FCA’s

Listing Rules, which we consider to be in the interests of

the Group and its shareholders.

Further detail regarding the succession process that has

commenced can be found in the Nomination Committee

Report on pages 94 to 96.

/ OUTLOOK

The Group’s focus in 2023 will be on optimising the

performance of our portfolio. We will look to help

ensure that our Approved Providers are able to weather

the operational obstacles, principally driven by high

inﬂation, facing organisations throughout the UK. With

a combination of routine property inspections and

continued engagement with our care provider and

Approved Provider partners we will seek to optimise the

performance of the Group’s properties with a focus on

delivering good homes and long-term income to our

investors. Finally, through delivering on our strategic

initiatives, which are focused on addressing concerns

raised by the Regulator, we hope to deliver meaningful

and sustainable change to both the Group’s portfolio

and the wider sector.

We take comfort from the fact that the majority of

the Group’s Approved Providers are regulated by the

Regulator and the additional accountability and higher

standards this brings to their provision of social housing.

We will continue to work with our Registered Provider

partners to, where relevant, help them address any

points that have been raised by the Regulator. Similarly,

we will continue to engage directly with the Regulator

in order to ensure that we can better understand and

accommodate any observations they have about our

investment model and our engagement with our lessees.

We will remain focused on controlling and positively

inﬂuencing what we can, but we must also accept that

there are factors that we cannot control, and which

could have an impact on the Group’s performance.

Specialised Supported Housing valuations showed

resilience throughout the COVID pandemic and are

relatively well-insulated from the impact of an economic

downturn, however they are not impervious to the

pressures of rising interest rates. Whilst we feel well

positioned relative to most other real estate sectors, the

risk of further outward movement in social housing yields

remains, principally driven by the tighter spread versus

the risk-free rate. We expect any movement to be limited

relative to some other commercial property sectors

due to the excess demand for Specialised Supported

Housing coupled with a continued lack of supply.

20

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

Despite these challenges, it is important to also focus

on the Group’s current strengths. We have successfully

mitigated any direct negative impact of rising interest

rates on the Group’s ﬁnancial performance having

ensured that all debt ﬁnancing was long-term and ﬁxed

rate. Whilst we have capped rent increases at 7% for

next year, we expect to deliver strong rental growth

nonetheless, which will help protect investors against

a backdrop of persistent high inﬂation. Finally, the

Company has met its dividend target for the full year

ended 31 December 2022.

As ever, I would like to thank all our advisers, and the

Investment Manager, for their continued hard work and

dedication to our investment strategy. Our corporate

broker and joint ﬁnancial adviser, Stifel Nicolaus

Europe Limited, and our joint ﬁnancial adviser, Akur

Capital, continue to provide valuable and high-quality

advice during the year. Finally, I would like to thank our

shareholders for their continued support, as well as my

fellow Board members for their ongoing commitment

and assistance this year.

Chris Phillips

Chair

2 March 2023

21

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

Strategy and

Business Model

The Board is responsible for the Company’s investment objective and investment

policy and has overall responsibility for ensuring the Group’s activities are in

line with such overall strategy. As noted in the interim report, in May 2022

shareholders approved the resolution to amend the Company’s investment policy.

The Company’s investment policy, reﬂecting these amendments, and investment

objective are published below.

As noted in the Chair’s Statement and the Investment

Manager’s report, in 2023 most of the Group’s leases will

be subject to a one-off rental increase cap of 7%.

/

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

The Company’s investment objective is to provide

shareholders with stable, long-term, inﬂation-linked

income from a portfolio of social housing assets in the

United Kingdom with a focus on Supported Housing

assets. The portfolio comprises investments in operating

assets and the forward funding of pre-let development

assets, the Group seeks to optimise the mix of these

assets to enable it to pay a covered dividend increasing

in line with inﬂation and so generate an attractive risk-

adjusted total return.

/

INVESTMENT POLICY

To achieve its investment objective, the Group invests

in a diversiﬁed portfolio of freehold or long leasehold

social housing assets in the UK. Supported Housing

assets account for at least 80% of the Group’s gross asset

value. The Group acquires portfolios of social housing

assets and single social housing assets, either directly or

via SPVs. Each asset is subject to a lease or occupancy

agreement with an Approved Provider. The rent

payable thereunder is, or is expected to be, subject to

adjustment in line with inﬂation (generally CPI) or central

housing beneﬁt policy. Title to the assets remains with

the Group under the terms of the relevant lease. The

Group is not primarily responsible for any management

or maintenance obligations under the terms of the lease

or occupancy agreement, which typically are serviced

by the Approved Provider lessee, save that the Group

may take responsibility for funding the cost of planned

maintenance. The Group is not responsible for the

provision of care to residents of Supported Housing

assets.

The social housing assets are sourced in the market by

the Investment Manager.

The Group intends to hold its portfolio over the long-

term, beneﬁtting from generally long-term upward-

only leases which are, or are expected to be, linked to

inﬂation or central housing beneﬁt policy. The Group will

not be actively seeking to dispose of any of its assets,

although it may sell investments should an opportunity

arise that would enhance the value of the Group as a

whole.

The Group may forward fund the development of new

social housing assets when the Investment Manager

believes that to do so would enhance returns for

shareholders and/or secure an asset for the Group’s

portfolio at an attractive yield. Forward funding will only

be provided in circumstances in which:

(a)

there is an agreement to lease the relevant property

upon completion in place with an Approved

Provider;

(b)

planning permission has been granted in respect of

the site; and

(c)

the Group receives a return on its investment (at

least equivalent to the projected income return for

the completed asset) during the construction phase

and before the start of the lease.

22

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

For the avoidance of doubt, the Group will not acquire

land for speculative development of social housing assets.

In addition, the Group may engage third party

contractors to renovate or customise existing social

housing assets as necessary.

GEARING

The Group uses gearing to enhance equity returns. The

Directors will employ a level of borrowing that they

consider prudent for the asset class and will seek to

achieve a low cost of funds while maintaining ﬂexibility in

the underlying security requirements and the structure of

both the Company’s portfolio and the Group.

The Directors intend that the Group will target a level

of aggregate borrowings over the medium-term equal

to approximately 40% of the Group’s gross asset value.

The aggregate borrowings will always be subject to an

absolute maximum, calculated at the time of drawdown,

of 50% of the Group’s gross asset value.

Debt will typically be secured at the asset level, whether

over a particular property or a holding entity for a

particular property (or series of properties), without

recourse to the Group and having consideration for key

metrics including lender diversity, cost of debt, debt type

and maturity proﬁles.

USE OF DERIVATIVES

The Group may use derivatives for efﬁcient portfolio

management. In particular, the Group may engage in

full or partial interest rate hedging or otherwise seek to

mitigate the risk of interest rate increases on borrowings

incurred in accordance with the Investment Policy as

part of the Group’s portfolio management. The Group

will not enter into derivative transactions for speculative

purposes.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

The following investment restrictions apply:

•

the Group will only invest in social housing assets

located in the United Kingdom;

•

the Group will only invest in social housing

assets where the counterparty to the lease or

occupancy agreement is an Approved Provider.

Notwithstanding that, the Group may acquire a

portfolio consisting predominantly of social housing

assets where a small minority of such assets are

leased to third parties who are not Approved

Providers. The acquisition of such a portfolio will

remain within the Investment Policy provided that

at least 90% (by value) of the assets are leased to

Approved Providers and, in aggregate, all such

assets within the Group’s total portfolio represent

less than 5% of the Group’s gross asset value at the

time of acquisition;

•

at least 80% of the Group’s gross asset value will be

invested in Supported Housing assets;

•

the maximum exposure to any one asset (which, for

the avoidance of doubt, will include houses and/or

apartment blocks located on a contiguous basis) will

not exceed 20% of the Group’s gross asset value;

•

the maximum exposure to any one Approved

Provider will not exceed 30% of the Group’s gross

asset value, other than in exceptional circumstances

for a period not to exceed three months;

•

the Group may forward fund social housing units in

circumstances where there is an agreement to lease

in place and where the Group receives a coupon (or

equivalent reduction in the purchase price) on its

investment (generally slightly above or equal to the

projected income return for the completed asset)

during the construction phase and before entry into

the lease. Forward funding equity commitments

will be restricted to an aggregate value of not more

than 20% of the Group’s net asset value, calculated

at the time of entering into any new forward funding

arrangement;

•

the Group will not invest in other alternative

investment funds or closed-ended investment

companies (which, for the avoidance of doubt,

does not prohibit the acquisition of SPVs which own

individual, or portfolios of, social housing assets);

•

the Group will not set itself up as an Approved

Provider; and

•

the Group will not engage in short selling.

The investment limits detailed above apply at the time of

the acquisition of the relevant asset in the portfolio. The

Group will not be required to dispose of any investment

or to rebalance its portfolio as a result of a change in

the respective valuations of its assets or a merger of

Approved Providers.

23

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

INVESTMENT STRATEGY

The Group specialises in investing in UK social housing,

with a focus on Supported Housing. The strategy is

underpinned by strong local authority demand for more

social housing, which is reﬂected in the focus on acquiring

recently developed and refurbished properties across

the United Kingdom. The assets within the portfolio have

typically been developed for pre-identiﬁed residents and

in response to demand speciﬁed by local authorities or

NHS commissioners. The existing portfolio comprises

investments made into properties already subject

to a fully repairing and insuring lease with specialist

Approved Providers in receipt of direct payment from

local government (usually Registered Providers regulated

by the Regulator), as well as forward funding of pre-let

developments. The portfolio will not include any direct

development or speculative development investments.

Following the amendments to the Company’s investment

policy in May 2022, the Group expects to enter into

more ﬂexible lease structures in future. These more

ﬂexible lease structures may include entering into

leases for shorter terms and, in certain cases, the Group

may selectively take on the cost of funding planned

maintenance on some properties.

In addition, as noted in the Chair’s Statement and

the Investment Manager’s report, we are considering

including a new clause in the Group’s existing leases.

The aim of this clause is to protect Registered Providers

if factors beyond their control, such as a change in

government policy in relation to Specialised Supported

Housing rents, reduce the amount of rent they are able

to generate from a property or properties that they lease

from the Group. In some such circumstances the clause

allows for the Registered Provider to agree a new rent

level which is reﬂective of the revised circumstances.

Should the new rent level not be acceptable to the

Group, the Group has the ability to re-assign or terminate

the lease. As noted, we have consulted with the Group’s

valuers and lenders, and following the publication of

these results it is our intention to gain feedback from

investors before looking to roll out the new lease clause

with our Registered Provider lessees.

/

BUSINESS MODEL

The Group owns and manages social housing properties

that are leased to experienced housing managers

(typically Registered Providers, which are often referred to

as housing associations). The vast majority of the portfolio

and future deal pipeline is made up of Supported Housing

homes which are residential properties that have been

adapted or built such that care and support can easily be

provided to vulnerable residents who may have mental

health issues, learning difﬁculties or physical disabilities.

Whilst we have acquired operational properties, we have

tended to focus more on acquiring recently developed

or adapted properties in order to help local authorities

meet increasing demand for suitable accommodation

for vulnerable residents (the drivers of this demand are

discussed in the Investment Manager’s report on pages 32

to 44)

.

Local authorities are responsible for housing these

residents and for the provision of all care and support

services that are required.

The Supported Housing properties owned by the Group

are leased to Approved Providers which are usually not-

for-proﬁt organisations focused on developing, tenanting

and maintaining housing assets in the public (and

private) sectors. Approved Providers are approved and

regulated by the Government with the majority through

the Regulator (or in some instances, where the Group

contracts with care providers and charitable entities, the

Care Quality Commission and the Charity Commission,

respectively). The majority of the Group’s existing leases

with Approved Providers are linked to inﬂation, have a

duration of 20 years or longer, and are fully repairing and

insuring – meaning that the obligations for management,

repair and maintenance of the property are passed to the

Approved Provider. Typically, the Government funds both

the rent of the individuals housed in Supported Housing

and the maintenance costs associated with managing

the property. In addition, because of the vulnerable

nature of the residents, the rent and maintenance costs

are typically paid directly from the local authority to the

Approved Provider on behalf of the individuals living in

the property. The rent paid by the local authority to the

Approved Provider on behalf of the residents is then paid

to the Group via the lease. Ultimate funding for the rent

of the individuals living in the properties owned by the

Group typically comes from the Department for Work and

Pensions in the form of housing beneﬁt.

The majority of residents housed in Supported Housing

properties require support and/or care. This is typically

provided by a separate care provider regulated by

the Care Quality Commission. The agreement for the

provision of care for the residents is between the local

authority and the care provider. The care provider is paid

directly by the local authority. Usually, the Group has no

direct ﬁnancial or legal relationship with the care provider

and the Group never has any responsibility for the

provision of care to the residents in properties the Group

owns. The care provider will often be responsible for

nominating residents into the properties and, as a result,

will normally provide some voids cover to the Approved

24

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

Provider should they not be able to ﬁll the asset (i.e. if

occupancy is not 100% it is often the care provider rather

than the Approved Provider that will cover the cost of

the rent due on void units). Under the terms of its lease,

the Group is owed full rent regardless of underlying

occupancy, but monitors occupancy levels and the

payment of voids cover by care providers, to ensure that

Approved Providers are appropriately protected.

Many assets that the Investment Manager sources for

the Group have been recently developed and are either

speciﬁcally designed new build properties or renovated

existing houses or apartment blocks that have been

adapted for Supported Housing. The beneﬁt of buying

recently-developed or adapted stock is that it has been

planned in response to local authority demand and

is designed to meet the speciﬁc requirements of the

intended residents. In addition, it enables the Group to

work with a select stable of high-quality developers on

pipelines of deals rather than being reliant on acquiring

portfolios of already-built assets on the open market.

This has two advantages: ﬁrstly, it enables the Group to

source the majority of its deals off-market through trusted

developer partners and, secondly, it ensures the Group

has greater certainty over its pipeline with visibility over

the long-term deal ﬂow of the developers it works with

and knows it will not have to compete with other funders.

As well as acquiring recently developed properties, the

Group can provide forward funding to developers of new

Supported Housing properties. Being able to provide

forward funding gives the Group a competitive advantage

over other acquirers of Supported Housing assets as it

enables the Group to offer developers a single funding

partner for both construction and the acquisition of the

completed property. This is often more appealing to

developers than having to work with two separate funders

during the build of a new property as it reduces practical

and relationship complexity. As well as strengthening

developer relationships, forward funding enables the

Group to have a greater portion of new build properties

in its portfolio which typically attract higher valuations,

are modern and have been custom-built to meet the

needs of the residents they house, helping to achieve

higher occupancy levels. The Group beneﬁts from the

Investment Manager’s long track record of successfully

forward funding a range of property and infrastructure

assets. The Group will only provide forward funding when

the property has been pre-let to an Approved Provider

and other protections, such as ﬁxed-priced build contracts

and deferred developer proﬁts, have been put in place to

mitigate construction risk.

Since the Company’s IPO, the Group has set out to build a

diversiﬁed portfolio that contains assets leased to a variety

of Approved Providers, in a range of different counties,

and serviced by a number of care providers. This has

been possible due to the Investment Manager’s over

15-year track record of asset-backed investments, its

active investment in the Supported Housing sector since

2014, and the strong relationships it has enjoyed with

local authorities for over a decade. These relationships

have enabled the Group, in a relatively short space of

time, to work with numerous Approved Providers, care

providers and local authorities to help deliver Supported

Housing that provide homes to some of the most

vulnerable members of society.

25

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

Key Performance Indicators

In order to track the Group’s progress the following key performance indicators are monitored:

KPI AND DEFINITION

RELEVANCE TO STRATEGY

PERFORMANCE

COMMENT

1. DIVIDEND

Dividends paid to shareholders

and declared during the year.

Further information is set out in

Note 27.

The dividend reﬂects the

Company’s ability to deliver a low

risk but growing income stream

from the portfolio.

Total dividends of 5.46 pence per

share were paid or declared in

respect of the period 1 January

2022 to 31 December 2022.

(2021: 5.20 pence)

The Company has declared a

dividend of 1.365 pence per

Ordinary share in respect of the

period 1 October 2022 to

31 December 2022, which will

be paid on 31 March 2023. Total

dividends paid and declared

for the year are in line with the

Company’s target.

2. EPRA NET TANGIBLE ASSETS (NTA)

The EPRA NTA is equal to IFRS

NAV as there are no deferred tax

liabilities or other adjustments

applicable to the Group under the

REIT regime.

Further information is set out

in Note 5 of the Unaudited

Performance Measures.

EPRA NTA measure that assumes

entities buy and sell assets,

thereby crystallising certain levels

of deferred tax liability.

109.06 pence at 31 December

2022.

(31 December 2021: 108.27

pence)

The IFRS NAV (equivalent to EPRA

NTA) per share at IPO was 98

pence.

This represents an increase of

11.3% since IPO driven primarily

by yield compression at acquisition

and subsequent annual rental

uplifts.

3. LOAN TO VALUE (LTV)

A proportion of our portfolio is

funded through borrowings. Our

medium to long term target LTV

is 35% to 40% with a maximum

of 50%.

Further information is set out in

Note 20.

The Group uses gearing to

enhance equity returns.

37.4% LTV at 31 December 2022.

(31 December 2021: 37.6% LTV)

Borrowings comprise two private

placements of loan notes totalling

£263.5 million provided by

MetLife Investment Management

and Barings. The £160.0 million

revolving credit facility with Lloyds

and NatWest was completely

undrawn as at 31 December 2021,

and during the year, the Group

cancelled this facility in its entirety.

4. EPRA EARNINGS PER SHARE

EPRA Earnings per share (EPRA

EPS) excludes gains from fair

value adjustment on investment

property that are included in the

IFRS calculation for Earnings per

share.

Further information is set out in

Note 36.

A measure of a Group’s underlying

operating results and an indication

of the extent to which current

dividend payments are supported

by earnings.

4.78 pence per share for the

year ended 31 December 2022,

based on earnings excluding

the fair value gain on properties,

calculated on the weighted

average number of shares in issue

during the year.

(31 December 2021: 4.82 pence)

EPRA EPS reduced slightly

reﬂecting the expected credit loss.

26

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

![ ]()

KPI AND DEFINITION

RELEVANCE TO STRATEGY

PERFORMANCE

COMMENT

5. ADJUSTED EARNINGS PER SHARE

Adjusted earnings per share

includes adjustments for non-cash

items. The calculation is shown in

Note 36.

A key measure which reﬂects

actual cash ﬂows supporting

dividend payments.

5.03 pence per share for the year

ended 31 December 2022, based

on earnings after deducting the

fair value gain on properties, and

amortisation and write-off of loan

arrangement fees; calculated on

the weighted average number of

shares in issue during the year.

(31 December 2021: 5.14 pence)

Company’s ability to meet

dividend payments from net cash

inﬂows. It represents a dividend

cover for the year to 31 December

2022 of 0.92x.

6. WEIGHTED AVERAGE UNEXPIRED LEASE TERM (WAULT)

The average unexpired lease

term of the investment portfolio,

weighted by annual passing rents.

Further information is set out in

the Investment Manager’s Report.

The WAULT is a key measure of

the quality of our portfolio. Long

lease terms underpin the security

of our income stream.

25.3 years at 31 December 2022

(includes put and call options).

(31 December 2021: 26.2 years)

As at 31 December 2022, the

portfolio’s WAULT stood at 25.3

years.

7. EXPOSURE TO LARGEST APPROVED PROVIDER

The percentage of the Group’s

gross assets that are leased to the

single largest Approved Provider.

The exposure to the largest

Approved Provider must be

monitored to ensure that we

are not overly exposed to one

Approved Provider in the event of

a default scenario.

29.5% at 31 December 2022.

(31 December 2021: 28.3%)

Our maximum exposure limit is

30%.

8. TOTAL RETURN

Change in EPRA NTA plus total

dividends paid during the period.

The Total Return measure

highlights the gross return to

investors including dividends paid

since the prior year.

EPRA NTA per share was 109.06

pence at 31 December 2022.

Total dividends paid during the

year ended 31 December 2022

were 5.395 pence per share.

Total return was 5.7% for the year

to 31 December 2022.

(31 December 2021: 6.62%)

The EPRA NTA per share at 31

December 2022 was 109.06

pence. Adding back dividends

paid during the year of 5.395

pence per Ordinary Share to the

EPRA NTA at 31 December 2022

results in an increase of 5.7%.

The Total Return since IPO is

37.4% at 31 December 2022.

27

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

2022 Annual Report

![ ]()

EPRA Performance

Measures

The table shows additional performance measures, calculated in accordance with the Best Practices

Recommendations of the European Public Real Estate Association (EPRA). We provide these measures to aid

comparison with other European real estate businesses.

Full reconciliations of EPRA Earnings and NAV performance measures are included in Note 36 of the consolidated

ﬁnancial statements and notes 3 and 5 of the Unaudited Performance Measures, respectively. A full reconciliation of

the other EPRA performance measures are included in the Unaudited Performance Measures section.

28

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

![ ]()

KPI AND DEFINITION

PURPOSE

PERFORMANCE

1. EPRA EARNINGS PER SHARE

EPRA Earnings per share excludes gains from

fair value adjustment on investment property

that are included in the IFRS calculation for

Earnings per share.

A measure of a Group’s underlying operating

results and an indication of the extent to which

current dividend payments are supported by

earnings.

4.78 pence per share for the year to

31 December 2022.

(31 December 2021: 4.82 pence)

2. EPRA NET REINSTATEMENT VALUE (NRV) PER SHARE

The EPRA NRV adds back the purchasers’ costs

deducted from the IFRS valuation.

A measure that highlights the value of net

assets on a long-term basis.

£480.7 million/119.33 pence per share as at

31 December 2022.

£475.4 million/118.08 pence per share as at

31 December 2021.

3. EPRA NET TANGIBLE ASSETS (NTA) PER SHARE

The EPRA NTA is equal to IFRS NAV as

there are no deferred tax liabilities or other

adjustments applicable to the Group under the

REIT regime.

A measure that assumes entities buy and sell

assets, thereby crystallising certain levels of

deferred tax liability.

£439.3 million/109.06 pence per share as at

31 December 2022.

£436.1 million/108.27 pence per share as at

31 December 2021.

4. EPRA NET DISPOSAL VALUE (NDV)

The EPRA NDV provides a scenario where

deferred tax, ﬁnancial instruments, and certain

other adjustments are calculated as to the full

extent of their liability.

A measure that shows the shareholder value if

assets and liabilities are not held until maturity.

£510.1 million /126.63 pence per share as at

31 December 2022.

£434.0 million /107.76 pence per share as at

31 December 2021.

5. EPRA NET INITIAL YIELD (NIY)

Annualised rental income based on the cash

rents passing at the balance sheet date, less

non-recoverable property operating expenses,

divided by the market value of the property,

increased with (estimated) purchasers’ costs.

A comparable measure for portfolio valuations.

This measure should make it easier for

investors to judge for themselves how the

valuation of a portfolio compares with others.

5.46% at 31 December 2022.

5.20% at 31 December 2021.

6. EPRA “TOPPED-UP” NIY

This measure incorporates an adjustment to

the EPRA NIY in respect of the expiration of

rent-free periods (or other unexpired lease

incentives such as discounted rent periods and

step rents).

The topped-up net initial yield is useful in that

it allows investors to see the yield based on

the full rent that is contracted at 31 December

2022.

5.51% at 31 December 2022.

5.27% at 31 December 2021.

7. EPRA VACANCY RATE

Estimated Market Rental Value (ERV) of vacant

space divided by ERV of the whole portfolio.

A “pure” percentage measure of investment

property space that is vacant, based on ERV.

0.00% at 31 December 2022.

0.26% at 31 December 2021.

8. EPRA COST RATIO

Administrative and operating costs (including

and excluding costs of direct vacancy) divided

by gross rental income.

A key measure to enable meaningful

measurement of the changes in a Group’s

operating costs.

21.09% at 31 December 2022.

20.91% at 31 December 2021.

29

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

Pictured above: Max Shenkman, James Cranmer, Ben Beaton, Anne-Britt Karunaratne,

Ralph Weichelt, Isobel Gunn-Brown and Justin Hubble

30

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

The Investment Manager

![ ]()

31

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

/

JAMES CRANMER,

MANAGING PARTNER

James joined the Investment Manager in 2006 to

establish its ﬂagship leasing business, Triple Point Lease

Partners, which has grown to be one of the UK’s most

active providers of operating lease ﬁnance into local

authorities and NHS Trust Hospitals. James has over

20 years’ experience in structured, asset and vendor

ﬁnance, and has been responsible for in excess of

£1 billion of funding into UK local authorities, NHS

Hospital Trusts, FTSE 100 and small and medium-

sized companies. James is a graduate of St. Andrews

University. He became Co-Managing Partner in 2016.

/

MAX SHENKMAN,

PARTNER & HEAD OF INVESTMENT

Max joined the Investment Manager in 2011 and has led

investments across the product range. He has arranged

both debt and equity funding for a number of property

backed transactions in the social housing, infrastructure

and agricultural sectors. Max has led over £500million

of investment into Supported Housing assets for the

Group. Prior to joining the Investment Manager, Max

was an Associate in the Debt Capital Markets team

at Lazard where he advised private equity clients on

both the buy and sell side. Max graduated from the

University of Edinburgh.

/

ANNE-BRITT KARUNARATNE,

HOUSING OPERATIONS DIRECTOR

Anne-Britt joined Triple Point in August 2021 and is

the Housing Operations Director in the Housing team.

She has over 35 years’ social housing experience,

and is responsible for looking after our portfolio of

social housing homes. Anne-Britt is passionate about

delivering great quality homes and excellent services

that make a difference to peoples’ lives and the

communities they live in.

/

BEN BEATON,

MANAGING PARTNER

Ben joined the Investment Manager in 2007 to lead

the sourcing and execution of a broad spectrum of

investments including renewable energy, long leased

infrastructure and property bridge lending. He has

spent his career building innovative products for

investors and offering attractive and ﬂexible funding

solutions to a range of businesses, both in the public

and private sector. Ben has a BSc (Hons) in Biological

Sciences from the University of Edinburgh. He became

Co-Managing Partner in 2016.

/

RALPH WEICHELT,

HEAD OF DEBT CAPITAL MARKETS

Ralph joined Triple Point in November 2017 and is

Head of Debt Capital Markets responsible for the

debt strategies for all Triple Point managed private

and listed funds. Prior to joining Triple Point, Ralph

was a Partner in a pan-European debt advisory and

ﬁxed income ﬁrm focusing on debt origination via the

debt capital markets for commercial real estate and

infrastructure. Prior to this, he held a number of senior

positions in pan-European real estate spanning from

fund management, transactional work to advisory. Ralph

is also a member of the Investment Committee.

/

ISOBEL GUNN-BROWN,

PARTNER & REIT CFO

Isobel joined the Investment Manager in 2010 and

acts as Finance Director to the Group leading the

ﬁnancial reporting responsibilities of the Group. At the

Investment Manager Isobel is head of the Fund Finance

department. Isobel is ACCA qualiﬁed with over 30

years’ experience in the ﬁnancial services sector. Her

experience is wide-ranging and includes managing the

ﬁnancial reporting for three listed Investment Trusts and

two listed venture capital trusts.

/

JUSTIN HUBBLE,

PARTNER & GENERAL COUNSEL

Justin joined the Investment Manager in 2017 as

General Counsel. He began his legal career as a

barrister in New Zealand before moving to the UK

where he worked as a private practice lawyer at City

ﬁrm Ashurst during the dot-com era. On leaving

private practice he pursued in-house roles as the

General Counsel of several high growth, disruptive tech

businesses from start-up to ﬂoat. Justin is qualiﬁed as

a barrister & solicitor in New Zealand and as a solicitor

in the UK. He is a graduate of Otago University, New

Zealand and holds a Master of Laws degree from

University College London.

![ ]()

Investment

Manager’s Report

MAX SHENKMAN, Head of Investment

32

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

![ ]()

Coming into 2022, the Group had evidenced its strong

operational performance despite the COVID pandemic

and high inﬂationary environment. All of the Group’s

debt was ﬁxed-rate meaning that concerns around the

risk of rising interest rates had been mitigated through

the Group’s reﬁnancing in August 2021. Similarly, the

inﬂation-linked nature of the Group’s leases (with the

majority being uncapped and linked to CPI) combined

with the Government’s stated policy of increasing social

housing rents by CPI + 1% meant that the Group was

well positioned to offer investors strong protection

against the risk of rising inﬂation. Valuations had

proven to be resilient and, given the strong underlying

supply and demand fundamentals of the sector,

seemed well placed to withstand a possible economic

downturn. Given these inherent protections against key

macroeconomic investor concerns, our focus at the start

of the year was on making sure that the Group’s portfolio

remained resilient and continued to perform well,

delivering good homes and sustainable returns to our

investors, deploying the Group’s remaining capital into

high quality Specialised Supported Housing properties

with a focus on additionality, and making sure that the

Group was able to constructively respond to the known

concerns raised by the Regulator around the risks posed

to Registered Providers through entering into long

leases.

Now that 2022 has drawn to a close, it is important to

look back and consider to what extent our assumptions

around the Group’s protections against inﬂation and

rising rates held ﬁrm, assess how successful we were

in achieving our strategic objectives, and how well we

responded to 2022, an unpredictable year that was more

volatile and tragic than anyone could have foreseen.

Taking interest rates ﬁrst, this year has seen those with

ﬂoating rate debt scramble to reﬁnance or hedge

against a backdrop of rapidly rising interest rates and

hedging costs. Our decision to reﬁnance the Group’s

ﬂoating rate revolving credit facility in August 2021 was

hugely beneﬁcial to the Group this year and has fully

insulated the Group from any direct ﬁnancial impact

from rising interest rates. However, rates have risen at

such a pace, and to such an extent, that not only have

they increased the cost of borrowing but they have also

begun to undermine wider property market valuations,

especially those with a focus on long income, as the

gap between property yields and the risk-free rate has

narrowed. The impact on the valuation of the Group’s

properties has been limited so far and, whilst the risk of

further rate increases remains, we expect this to be the

case going forward.

This year, the Board took the decision to increase the

Company’s target dividend by 5% which was supported

by the Group’s rental income increasing on average by

6.7%. During November, in order to help alleviate the

cost-of-living crisis, the Government moved away from

the prevailing social housing rent policy (which was to

increase rents by CPI + 1%) and capped social housing

rent increases at 7% for the year, beginning April

2023. Specialised Supported Housing was excluded

from this cap. Despite Specialised Supported Housing

being excluded, the Group will voluntarily apply a 7%

temporary rent increase cap to the Group’s leases. We

took this decision with the Board because we wanted to

support the Group’s lessees and ensure that the Group’s

rent increases remained consistent with the wider social

housing sector. It also felt like the right thing to do in the

midst of a cost-of-living crisis.

A lot of the focus of the last twelve months has been

on optimising the performance of the Group’s property

portfolio. The rate of making new acquisitions was

impacted by many of the properties we targeted being

in development and so suffered from the supply chain

issues, labour shortages and/or cost increases that have

caused delays for development projects throughout the

UK. We have deployed during the year £20.3 million into

14 properties and have £13.1 million of uncommitted

cash still available. Whilst we had originally expected

to be fully deployed by the end of the year, given the

deterioration of market conditions over the course of

the year, we have retained a certain amount of capital

in order to give the Group optionality over the coming

year.

As the Chair has made clear, the Company is exploring

making accretive share buybacks and the potential sale

of a portfolio of the Group’s properties. So, whilst the

Group’s pipeline of strategically important opportunities

remains strong, given the Company’s share price is at a

signiﬁcant discount to net asset value, any decision to

deploy capital into income producing properties needs

to be considered against the relative beneﬁt of returning

capital to shareholders.

The Manager’s Housing Team of 24 people are focused

on monitoring the performance of the properties,

lessees and care providers within the Group’s portfolio.

Properties are routinely inspected by the Manager’s in-

house surveyors and this is complemented by quarterly

and bi-annual operational, ﬁnancial and compliance

surveys as well as frequent engagement with senior

management teams. We have added to the asset

management side of our Housing Team at Triple Point

/ INTRODUCTION

33

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

with two new hires, both of whom have strong direct

Registered Provider or Local Authority experience. The

constant engagement between our asset management

team and the Group’s lessees has helped to ensure

that the vast majority have performed in line with

expectations over the last 12 months. Excess demand for

Specialised Supported Housing continues to underpin

the rental payments made to the Group by its lessees,

and these payments have generally remained consistent

with the exception of two Approved Providers, more

information on which is provided in the Approved

Provider section below. If there are issues within the

portfolio at a granular level, for example a need to ﬁnd

a new care provider for a property due to the exit of an

incumbent, then it is the job of the asset management

team to work with the relevant Approved Provider to

ensure that a resolution that secures the continued

delivery of a good Specialised Supported Housing

service and the sustainability of the Group’s rental

income can be found as quickly as possible, and in a

way that beneﬁts all stakeholders. As always, the team’s

focus remains on ensuring that the individuals living

in properties owned by the Group have a good home

whilst receiving the care and support on which they rely.

34

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

![ ]()

Social Impact remains at the core of the Group’s strategy.

The independent Impact Report prepared by The Good

Economy for the period ended 31 December 2022 sets

out the Group’s impact objectives and target outcomes

on which the Group’s performance can be measured

against. The Impact Report prepared by the Good

Economy is available separately on the Group’s website

and we look forward to continuing our work with the

Good Economy, as well as our other partners, to drive

forward standardised reporting for equity investors in the

sector.

It is now recognised that climate change can impact the

long-term value of an asset and therefore developing

robust climate risk management is an important part

of an Investment Manager’s responsibilities. The

Task Force on Climate Related Financial Disclosure

has emerged as the industry-leading standard for

providing transparency on how investments are being

protected against possible risk from climate change,

or conversely how opportunities may be captured. The

Group has chosen to make a voluntary disclosure using

this framework which can be found on page 54.The

We will continue to work with our

lessees in order to roll out a new

lease clause that we hope will

help ensure a path to compliance

for those Registered Providers

who are able to demonstrate

to the Regulator that they have

meaningfully accommodated

historic concerns.

disclosure demonstrates how the Investment Manager

approaches this challenge for the Group, through

four areas (Governance, Strategy, Risk Management,

Metrics & Targets) and in doing so seeks to provide

added reassurance to investors on how risk as a result

of climate change is understood and managed for the

Group’s assets. The Investment Manager is committed

to continuing to develop and improve its approach to

this challenge and the scope of the disclosure details

provided.

Our retroﬁt pilot project continues to progress well. Each

property in the pilot has been reviewed to assess the

suitability of the proposed upgrade works and costings.

Our primary focus is on a ‘fabric ﬁrst’ approach, ensuring

that properties are insulated and airtight. This approach

will enable us to minimise disruption to residents whilst

reducing energy consumption. The pilot project will see

a range of new technologies and systems installed into

our properties including air source heat pumps and solar

PV panels as well as ‘fabric ﬁrst’ items such as additional

insulation. We are working with a single contractor and

retroﬁt designer, and are in the process of agreeing how

to implement the proposed physical works in the pilot

projects.

35

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

2022 Annual Report

![ ]()

At the start of the year, we were focused on amending

the Company’s investment policy in order to ensure that

we could agree more ﬂexible leases with Registered

Providers. We are grateful for the shareholder support

regarding these changes which were agreed in May.

These amendments were required to ensure that the

Group is at the forefront of an evolving sector and able

to engage with the strongest counterparties on the best

projects. They were also reﬂective of our desire to alter

the Group’s investment structure to help our Registered

Provider partners address some of the concerns that the

Regulator has raised about the long-lease model and

promote their compliance with the Regulator’s standards.

The changes to the Company’s investment policy have

also enabled us, in the latter half of 2022, to begin work

on a new clause that we hope to include in all of our

existing Registered Provider leases following ongoing

consultation with stakeholders, including the Regulator.

The aim of this clause is to address some of the general

risks raised by the Regulator in relation to long leases

and in so doing protect Registered Providers if factors

beyond their control, such as a change in government

policy in relation to Specialised Supported Housing

rents, reduce the amount of rent they are able to

generate from a property or properties that they lease

from the Group. In some such circumstances, the clause

allows for the Registered Provider to agree a new rent

level which is reﬂective of the revised circumstances.

Should the new rent level not be acceptable to the

Group, the Group has the ability to re-assign or

terminate the lease. This clause has been developed in

close consultation with the senior management teams

of a selection of the Group’s Registered Providers and

has been discussed with the Regulator. The Group’s

valuers are supportive of the clause and have opined

that the roll-out of the clause would lead to no negative

impact on the value of the Group’s portfolio. In addition

we have had initial conversations with Group’s lenders

about the clause being included in leases over which

they have security. Now that the clause is in near agreed

form, following the publication of the annual report, it is

our intention to engage with shareholders to understand

their feedback on the clause. Subject to shareholder

feedback, we will look to roll out the clause methodically

with all of the Group’s Registered Provider lessees in

the second quarter of this year. In so doing, we hope to

enable the Boards of the Registered Providers we work

with to further their compliance with the Regulator’s

standards.

In responding to the unforeseen challenges thrown up

by 2022, we feel that the Group has arguably proven

its relative resilience. Come what may politically in the

UK, there will still be an overwhelming need for more

Specialised Supported Housing in this country and its

unlikely that political volatility is going to change that.

Similarly, with both main political parties seemingly

now wedded to ﬁscal prudence, private funding and

privately owned social housing properties are going

to be a critical part of our collective ability to respond

meaningfully to the housing crisis. As was demonstrated

through COVID, the Group remains resilient to a

downturn in economic circumstances. The events of

2022 served to accelerate such a downturn. Due to the

ongoing strong demand for more specialised supported

homes and the Government support for the individuals

living in the properties owned by the Group, we expect

continued resilience to these external factors, as

demonstrated by the Group since inception.

/ MARKET

As ever, growing excess demand for more homes is

one of the deﬁning characteristics of the Specialised

Supported Housing sector. Whether it be analysis

undertaken by the National Audit Ofﬁce, the conclusions

of the Government’s social care white paper or

independently commissioned research there is strong

consensus that demand for social care will continue to

grow due to better diagnosis, higher survival rates for

premature babies and longer life expectancies and this

will drive further demand for Specialised Supported

Housing. Put most succinctly, in its 2021 “People at the

Heart of Care” white paper

3

, the Government estimated

that by 2030 demand for supported housing will increase

by 125,000 homes.

This growing demand is now set against a backdrop

of a challenging operating environment for Registered

Providers. For decades now this country has looked to

Registered Providers to deliver the affordable homes that

local authorities rely on. However, an ever-growing set of

ﬁnancial headwinds now face the sector and is beginning

to inhibit the ability of Registered Providers to deliver

their development pipelines. As well as the ubiquitous

concerns around rising costs and interest rates,

Registered Providers also need to accommodate within

their business plans the ability to meet the expenditure

associated with ensuring that their properties meet the

latest ﬁre safety standards and energy efﬁciency targets

and an increasing level of regulation, particularly in

relation to consumer standards. As a result, Registered

3. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/people-at-the-heart-of-care-adult-social-care-reform-white-paper/people-at-the-heart-of-care-adult-social-care-reform

36

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

Providers are increasingly considering alternative sources

of capital in order to deliver on the potential of their

development pipeline. We are seeing a growing number

of larger Registered Providers interested in exploring

working with providers of private capital such as the

Group, in order to develop new homes.

Whilst the case for private capital remains strong and

there is a consensus around growing demand for social

care and the efﬁcacy of Specialised Supported Housing,

it is important not to focus solely on meeting demand.

The recent Levelling Up, Housing and Communities

Committee’s report on Exempt Accommodation was an

important reminder of the need to focus on delivering

services that meet the needs of the individuals and which

are appropriately regulated. Amongst other things, the

report recommended the implementation of minimum

standards for exempt accommodation, including on

referrals, care and support, and quality of housing and a

requirement for all exempt accommodation providers to

be registered.

The Group has leases with 27 Approved Providers,

having entered into leases with another three Approved

Providers during the period. The vast majority of

these lessees have performed steadily over the last 12

months, managing the challenges of inﬂation and labour

shortages well. However, two of the Group’s lessees

(Parasol and My Space) fell behind with their rental

payments over the course of 2022, which in turn has

caused rent collection at the portfolio level to slip below

historical levels.

Since the latter half of 2022, whilst Parasol have

continued to make regular rental payments to the

Group, these have not reﬂected the full amount of rent

due and so rental arrears have built up. We have been

engaging consistently with both the management team

and the Board of Parasol and understand they have

taken meaningful steps to address the underlying causes

behind the build up of arrears. Our expectation is that

we will agree a plan with Parasol in March that will see

rent payments increase over the course of the year,

simultaneously we are working with Parasol to put in

place a repayment plan for the arrears that built up over

the course of 2022.

As noted in the Company’s recent trading update,

in January, the Regulator published an Enforcement

Notice about My Space Housing Solutions in which

it noted concerns around solvency. This followed on

from the Regulatory Judgement of My Space published

in December in which My Space was downgraded to

the non-compliant rating of V4 for viability and G4

for governance (from a V3 G3 previously). My Space

currently have a number of actions prescribed by the

Regulator that they need to complete within a relatively

short timeframe. We have taken the decision to actively

look to move the Group’s properties away from My

Space. We have identiﬁed a possible alternative

Registered Provider and are in the process of providing

all of the information required for the Registered

Provider to determine whether they can provide the right

level of service to the individuals living in the properties.

Protecting the welfare of the residents of these

properties is the Group’s principal concern and it should

be noted that a transfer might require lease terms to be

amended. The Regulator has requested that My Space

consider, amongst other things, the option of a business

combination or merger, were a business combination or

merger be agreed then this could negate the need to

move properties.

In order to establish the downside risk, the Board and

the Manager requested the Group’s valuer, Jones Lang

LaSalle (“JLL”), to determine the potential negative

impact on the value of the Group’s property portfolio in

the event that My Space were to go into administration.

JLL have estimated this impact to be up to 2.4% of the

Group’s total portfolio valuation as of 31 December

2022.

The performance of My Space is not reﬂective of the

Group’s wider portfolio of lessees and whilst we are

focused on ﬁnding a resolution to the issues described

above, the Group’s other lessees do not require the

same level of engagement and are broadly performing

in line with expectations. Last year, the Regulator

issued two notices in relation to the Group’s Registered

Providers, as noted above, one related to My Space

and the other related to Highstone Housing Association

(3.5% of the Group’s rent roll). Highstone has committed

to work with the Regulator to address the issues

outlined in the regulatory notice and has already made

meaningful progress in that regard.

94.3% of the Group’s portfolio by rent roll is leased

to Registered Providers that are subject to regulatory

protections and standards provided by the Regulator.

Since IPO, of the Group’s 27 lessees, 10 have had

regulatory notices or judgements issued about them

by the Regulator highlighting issues that they need to

address. The Group’s focus has always been on working

with Registered Providers, regulated by the Regulator,

in order to deliver Specialised Supported Housing to

vulnerable individuals throughout the UK (Specialised

Supported Housing makes up 88.5% of the Group’s

properties by rent roll). We believe in proportionate

37

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

specialist industry regulation and its ability to enhance

governance and service provision. We think this is

important when delivering homes to vulnerable adults

as it brings additional scrutiny, accountability, and higher

standards all of which are implemented by a Regulator

that is focused on the delivery of social housing.

88.5% of the Group’s properties (by rent roll) beneﬁt

from a separate care provider, regulated by the CQC.

The care provider delivers care and/or support to the

residents living in the Group’s properties. A further

3.8% of the Group’s properties are leased directly to

a care provider regulated by the CQC, meaning that

92.3% of the Group’s properties have care and support

provided by a CQC registered care provider. Based on

data received by the Manager from lessees, the Group

estimates that, for those lessees, the average care

hours received by residents is over 40 hours per week,

considerably above guidance around the levels of care

expected in Specialised Supported Housing.

As described above, a lot of our focus this year has

been on working to ensure that the Group’s Registered

Provider partners are able to address the points that are

consistent across the range of notices and judgements

that the Regulator has put out about Registered

Providers that operate in the Specialised Supported

Housing sector. These principally concern the risks

associated with long leases and our ability to materially

address these points has been unlocked through the

recent changes to the Company’s investment policy.

We expect the Regulator to remain very active in the

sector and to hold Registered Providers to the highest

standards. We complement our work with our lessees

by direct engagement with the Regulator to keep the

Regulator informed on our areas of focus and as much as

possible better understand their concerns so they can be

reﬂected in any changes we make to our lease structures.

38

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

Financial Review

We are pleased to present another stable set of ﬁnancial results as highlighted earlier on pages 8 to 9. The Group’s

ﬁnancial performance is underpinned by an increase in annualised rental income from inﬂationary uplifts in the

Group’s predominantly uncapped leases.

/

TOUCHING ON SOME OF THE KEY HIGHLIGHTS:

The EPRA NIY has

increased from

5.20% at 31 December

2021 to 5.46% at

31 December 2022.

The EPRA Earnings Per

Share (“EPRA EPS”) of

4.78 pence, compared

to 4.82 pence at 31

December 2021,

excludes the fair value

gain on investment

property and is measured

on the weighted average

number of shares in issue

during the period.

The EPRA NTA was 109.06

pence per share at 31

December 2022, the same

as the IFRS NAV pence per

share, compared to 108.27

pence at 31 December

2021.

EPRA NIY

EPRA ONGOING

CHARGES RATIO

EPRA EPS

EPRA NTA

RENTAL

INCOME

The annualised rental income of the Group

was £39.0 million as at 31 December 2022,

compared to £35.8 million at 31 December

2021.

£39.0m

5.46%

4.78 pence

per share

109.06 pence

per share

CASH

AND CASH

EQUIVALENTS

The Group held cash and cash equivalents

of £30.1 million at 31 December 2022,

compared to £52.5 million at 31 December

2021. £13.1 million of cash was available for

further investment as at 31 December 2022.

Cash generated from operating activities was

£25.7 million for the year, compared to £24.7

million for the year ended 31 December

2021.

£30.1m

A fair value gain of £8.3 million was recognised during the year on the

revaluation of the Group’s properties compared to £9.0 million in the

comparative year to 31 December 2021.

IFRS Earnings per share

was 6.18 pence for the

year to 31 December 2022,

compared to 7.05 pence for

the comparative year to

31 December 2021.

At the year end, the portfolio was independently valued

at £669.1 million on an IFRS basis compared to £642.0

million at 31 December 2021, reﬂecting a valuation

increase of 11.1% against the portfolio’s aggregate

purchase price (including acquisitions costs). This

reﬂects an EPRA net initial yield of 5.46%, against the

portfolio’s blended net initial yield of 5.90% at the point of

acquisition.

FAIR VALUE GAIN

£8.3M

IFRS

EARNINGS

PORTFOLIO

VALUATION – IFRS

6.18

pence

per

share

£669.1m

The ongoing charges ratio for the year was

1.60% compared to 1.54% for the year

ended 31 December 2021.

1.60%

39

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

DEBT FINANCING

Following a reﬁnancing in 2021, all of the Group’s debt is

ﬁxed-price and long-term with the earliest debt maturity

occurring in mid-2028, providing strong protection from

rapidly increasing interest rates.

Over the period, the Group fully cancelled the £160.0

million revolving credit facility that had been provided by

Lloyds and NatWest. The undrawn facility had previously

remained in place following a reduction from £160.0

million to £50.0 million in February 2022 to provide the

Group with access to additional capital for deployment.

However, the recent increase in SONIA rates have made

this facility non-accretive to investor returns and the

remaining facility was cancelled in December 2022.

As at 31 December 2022, the Group’s debt structure

comprised two facilities with a combined value of

£263.5 million. Both facilities are ﬁxed-priced (with a

weighted average coupon of 2.74%), long-term (with

a weighted average maturity of 10.6 years) and fully

drawn. The Group continues to maintain signiﬁcant

covenant headroom across both facilities while also

having additional liquidity in the form of £75.1 million

unencumbered properties.

In August 2021, the Group secured £195.0 million of

long-term, ﬁxed-rate, interest only, sustainability linked

loan notes through a private placement with Barings

and MetLife Investment Management clients against a

deﬁned portfolio of the Group’s properties at a loan-

to-value of 50% at the point at which the debt was put

in place. The loan notes are divided into two tranches

of £77.5 million and £117.5 million with maturities in

2031 and 2036 respectively. Across both tranches the

weighted average coupon is 2.634%.

In addition, the Group has a long-term, ﬁxed-rate facility

with MetLife Investment Management providing £68.5

million of debt secured against a deﬁned portfolio of the

Group’s properties at a loan-to-value of 40% at the point

at which the debt was put in place. The facility comprises

two tranches of £41.5 million and £27.0 million with

maturities in 2028 and 2033, respectively. Across both

tranches the weighted average coupon is 3.039%.

In August 2022, the Group completed its ﬁrst annual

review with Fitch Ratings, and we were pleased that

the Group’s existing rating of ‘A-’ with a Stable Outlook

and senior secured ratings of ‘A’ were re-afﬁrmed by

Fitch Ratings in respect of both debt facilities. This is

a reﬂection of not only the Group’s continued ﬁnancial

resilience, but also the resilience of the sector in spite of

the broader economic and market conditions.

Further information on the Group’s debt facilities is set

out in Note 20 of the ﬁnancial statements.

DRAWN DEBT MATURITY PROFILE

£110.0m

£0m

£50m

£100m

£150m

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

2029

2030

2031

2032

2033

2034

2035

2036

£41.5m

£77.5m

£117.5m

£27.0m

40

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

![ ]()

\* calculated excluding acquisition costs

/

PORTFOLIO SUMMARY BY LOCATION

Scotland

Properties: 2

% of Funds Invested

\*

: 1.0

Wales

Properties: 2

% of Funds Invested

\*

: 0.6

East Midlands

Properties: 58

% of Funds Invested

\*

: 11.9

Yorkshire

Properties: 64

% of Funds Invested

\*

: 14.8

East

Properties: 20

% of Funds Invested

\*

: 4.1

London

Properties: 27

% of Funds Invested

\*

: 8.5

South East

Properties: 62

% of Funds Invested

\*

: 9.4

South West

Properties: 29

% of Funds Invested

\*

: 4.7

West Midlands

Properties: 84

% of Funds Invested

\*

: 16.3

North West

Properties: 99

% of Funds Invested

\*

: 19.8

North East

Properties: 50

% of Funds Invested

\*

: 8.9

41

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

PROPERTY PORTFOLIO REVIEW

As at 31 December 2022, the portfolio comprised 497

properties providing 3,456 homes, showing a broad

geographic diversiﬁcation across the UK and reﬂecting

our investment strategy of providing additional homes

to address the acute need for Specialised Supported

Housing.

The IFRS value of the portfolio as at 31 December

2022 was £669.1 million, representing a 4.2% increase

compared to £642.0 million in 2021. On a like for like

basis there has been some negative adjustment to the

valuation yields of the Group’s properties reﬂecting

a general trend in real estate, principally driven by

rising interest rates over the last 12 months. However,

at a range of between 10bps to 25bps this outward

yield movement for the Group’s properties over the

12-month period has been limited relative to commercial

property sectors. This is reﬂective of excess demand for

Specialised Supported Housing and a continued lack

of supply, and the fact that, prior to this year, yields had

not tightened as much in the Specialised Supported

Housing sector as they had in some commercial property

sectors. In addition to this general outward movement

in yields, in the latter half of 2022 further outward

yield adjustments were applied to two of the Group’s

Approved Providers, My Space and Parasol, to reﬂect

rent arrears that had built up over the course of the year.

During the period, the Group bought 14 properties

for a total investment cost of £20.3 million (including

acquisition costs) as we looked to deploy our remaining

capital. As reported in the interim report, in the ﬁrst half

of the year the Group disposed of four properties and

exchanged on the sale of two further properties. The

exchanges have now completed and so the Group has

sold 6 properties during the period. The decision to

sell these properties was taken due to changes in the

underlying investment cases and therefore, we believe

this to have been in the best interest of shareholders.

Where occupied properties have been sold, the Group’s

priority has been ensuring that the sale proceeded

in a way that ensured the continuous provision of the

services at the property and maintaining the well-being

of its residents. Since IPO, the Group has sold seven

properties as a result of changes in the underlying

investment cases and its focus remains on securing long-

term, inﬂation-linked income to generate sustainable

ﬁnancial returns.

42

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

![ ]()

/

RENTAL INCOME

The Group’s 395 leases generated a total annualised

rental income of £39.0 million at the period end,

an increase of £3.2 million since 2021 that was

predominantly driven by the Group’s rental income

increasing on average by 6.7% during the period.

All rents under the leases are currently indexed against

either CPI (92.6%) or RPI (7.4%). At the period end, the

portfolio had a WAULT of 25.3 years, which at present

we anticipate continuing to remain above 20 years,

with 77.6% of the portfolio’s rental income showing a

current unexpired lease term of 20 years or longer. As

we move into 2023, we expect to start entering into

more ﬂexible lease terms as part of bringing new, larger

Approved Providers into the portfolio either through

new investments or by taking over the management of

existing properties.

Prior to the decision to voluntarily implement the

Government’s temporary 7% cap on social housing

rent increases in the Group’s rent increases for 2023,

the Group’s leases have been predominantly uncapped

with only a small portion (5.1% of rental income)

containing a cap and collar structure. For the purposes

of the portfolio valuation, JLL have held their inﬂation

assumption that CPI and RPI increase at 2% and 2.5%

per annum, respectively over the term of the relevant

leases.

/ OUTLOOK

We will need to remain focused on helping our

Approved Provider and care provider partners navigate

a high inﬂationary environment and remain watchful

of the impact that rising interest rates will have on the

value of the Group’s portfolio. Our asset management

team will continue to engage actively with My Space

and Parasol to ensure that we preserve the long-term

income generated by those properties we have leased to

these two organisations, but it is important to note that

we remain broadly conﬁdent about the resilience of our

other 25 lessees to the prevailing economic conditions

and this resilience is underpinned by growing demand

for Specialised Supported Housing.

Through our ongoing engagement with My Space and

Parasol we will look to increase dividend cover this

year and preserve it over the longer-term. We expect

the Group to continue to offer investors protection

against rising inﬂation due to both the inﬂation-linked

nature of the Group’s leases and the long-term ﬁxed

price debt that the Group has secured. We have a

number of strategic objectives that we want to achieve

over the course of the year. As noted, the Board is

currently considering making accretive share buybacks

and the potential sale of a portfolio, and so any future

deployment will need to be considered in this context.

Were capital to be deployed, the focus would be on

opportunities that bring new Registered Providers into

the Group’s portfolio on ﬂexible lease terms and which

demonstrate how our recent change in investment policy

has enabled us to secure best in class opportunities for

the Group. We will continue to work with our lessees in

order to roll out a new lease clause that we hope will

help ensure a path to compliance for those Registered

Providers who are able to demonstrate to the Regulator

that they have meaningfully accommodated historic

concerns. As always, we will remain focused on ensuring

that our partners deliver good homes to our residents

throughout the UK.

Max Shenkman

Head of Investment

2 March 2023

43

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

RENTAL INCOME BY APPROVED PROVIDER

RENTAL INCOME BY LEASE LENGTH

Inclusion

29.8%

Parasol Homes

9.6%

Falcon

8.4%

Hilldale

8.3%

My Space

7.9%

Chrysalis

5.6%

BeST

5.2%

AHS

4.6%

Blue Square

3.8%

Care Housing Association

3.6%

Highstone

3.5%

Sunnyvale

1.5%

Bespoke Care and Support

0.8%

IKE

0.7%

Lifeways

0.6%

Pivotal

0.6%

YMCA Derbyshire

0.5%

Encircle Housing

0.5%

Partners Foundation

0.4%

Forge House Care Ltd

0.3%

YMCA North Tyneside

0.3%

Prime Calibre Care

0.2%

Keys

0.2%

IHL

1.2%

Sandwell

1.2%

Wings Care

0.9%

50+ yrs

10.1%

40-50 yrs

0.0%

0-20 yrs

22.4%

20-30 yrs

64.0%

30-40 yrs

3.5%

44

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

45

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

2022 Annual Report

![ ]()

Sustainability

Report

We aim to be one of the leading investors in UK Specialised Supported Housing

and this is reﬂected in our constantly evolving and committed approach to

embedding social outcomes through the homes we create, alongside an

understanding of the need to ensure wider environmental, social and governance

(ESG) factors in decisions taken by the Group and our counterparties.

Our business model (pages 24 to 25) seeks to ensure

that our properties are suitable to meet residents’

needs and assist local authorities in responding to

local demand for the beneﬁt of the wider community.

Our social impact is therefore at the heart of what we

do, and we focus on investing where there is clear

long-term social need. How we do this is summarised

below and set out in further detail in the independent

Impact Report available separately on the website

https://www.triplepointreit.com/. We maintain a robust

corporate governance framework, and this is described

in further detail within our corporate governance

report on pages 82 to 87. We also recognise the

importance of a wide range of other social factors

alongside environmental considerations and in particular

environmental efﬁciency, which is becoming increasingly

integral to our investment strategy.

/

THE GROUP’S SUSTAINABILITY

The Group continues to provide homes to individuals

with a signiﬁcant need for appropriate housing and

support. These are some of the most vulnerable members

of society, with a range of learning disabilities, physical

disabilities and mental health diagnoses. Conversations

with housing providers, care providers and local authority

commissioners conﬁrm that there is a high level of

underlying demand for Specialised Supported Housing.

We also have a responsibility to consider the wider risk,

opportunities and impacts of sustainability issues if the

Group is to succeed in providing high quality social

housing for vulnerable people over the long term.

We understand the importance of transparent reporting

as a requisite to accountability for strong sustainability

performance. During the last year, we have identiﬁed key

environmental, social and governance data points, each

that play a role in inﬂuencing the strategy’s sustainable

future. These data points incorporate areas where the

Group has the ability to drive positive change across its

portfolio and the wider sector.

To demonstrate the commitment to sustainability

progress, the Group has opted to track and report on

these ESG data points, noted in table 1 below. In addition

to reporting, we have set targets, where appropriate and

possible, for achievement during the 2023 ﬁnancial year

or beyond.

46

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

SUSTAINABILITY TABLE 1.

THE GROUP INVESTMENTS SUSTAINABILITY PERFORMANCE FOR THE REPORTING YEAR END

31 DECEMBER 2022

METRIC

RESULTS (AS AT 31 DECEMBER, 2022)

Portfolio EPC ratings

A: 0.4%

B: 31.15%

C: 39.31%

D: 22.02%

E: 6.95%

F: 0.12%

A-C: 70.87%

Property emissions per m2

(portfolio level carbon intensity)

The average annual Co2 emissions from a Group property: 1.4 tonnes

per annum

Total portfolio Co2 emissions: 3,610 tonnes

The carbon emissions produced by the Group’s properties are

categorised as Scope 3, generated from the energy usage across the

portfolio properties.

The Group partnered with Kamma Data, an innovative data provider in

the sector, demonstrating best practice in estimating property emissions

by utilising a variety of data sources. EPC data is used as a baseline, with

a proprietary matching system indexing localised and more frequently

updated EPC databases to ensure a high coverage rate. Emissions are

recalculated using primary data from the EPC reports to better reﬂect

the emissions associated with new technologies, and utilise up-to-date

carbon intensity data from the National Grid.

The Investment Manager is in the process of developing a net zero plan.

The Group’s emissions data have been taken from the baseline net zero

calculations for the Group’s portfolio, as of November 2022.

We are committed to improving the accuracy level of our environmental

disclosures and continue to work with highly rated data partners to

ensure best practice is followed.

METRIC

Number of properties and location of these properties

497 properties and 3456 units. See breakdown below:

REGION

# OF ASSETS

# OF UNITS

East

20

125

East Midlands

58

442

London

27

192

North East

50

377

North West

99

732

Scotland

2

29

South East

62

276

South West

29

167

Wales

2

20

West Midlands

84

554

Yorkshire

64

542

497

3,456

METRIC

Quality rating of care providers (CQC)

85% rated Good or Outstanding

47

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

GOVERNANCE OF COMPANY

METRIC

DATA

Investment Trust Governance:

- Board diversity

- Board experience

- Board independence

Gender split: See Governance report for gender disclosure p.96

Ethnicity split: See Governance report for ethnicity disclosure p.96

Experience / education: See the Governance report for board member

biographies p.80 to 81

Average age: 68

Non-executives vs. directors: 100% non-executive

Board engagement with ESG:

The Board receive speciﬁc sustainability training from the Investment

Manager’s Head of Sustainability at a minimum of every 2 years.

The Board received regular updates on the Eco-Retroﬁt Project

throughout the year. Speciﬁcally, this is an ongoing programme to fund

the upgrade of properties owned by the Group see p.35.

Consideration and approval for the implementation of a 7% rent

increase cap, in line with the Department for Levelling Up, Housing, and

Communities (DLUHC) social housing rent cap. Specialised Supporting

Housing was excluded from the cap, but the Company still took the

decision to apply the 7% cap. In making this decision, the Board

wanted to support the Group’s lessees and ensure that the Group’s rent

increases remained consistent with the wider social housing sector, and

also wanted to do the right thing in the midst of the cost-of-living crisis.

In order to address Regulator concerns regarding risks that long

leases can pose on Registered Providers (such as risk of changes to

government policy impacting the amount of housing beneﬁt available

to individuals living in Specialised Supported Housing and therefore

RP’s ability to pay lease rent), the Board agreed to engaging with the

boards and senior management teams of some of its lessees to agree a

new lease clause that aims to re-apportion some of this risk. The clause

will ensure that where there are risks that are beyond the control of the

Group’s lessees such as changes in government policy or regulation,

then, subject to a materiality threshold being breached, these risks will

sit with the Group. The Board intends to engage with shareholders on

implementation of the lease clause.

The Board and The Nomination Committee both considered the FCA’s

new Diversity Listing Rules and the targets these set out.

/

INITIATIVE-TAKING IMPROVEMENTS

The Investment Manager’s Property Asset Management team have developed a comprehensive retroﬁt program,

to improve the energy efﬁciency of properties, seeking to meet EPC regulation changes, reduce tenant costs and

reduce portfolio-wide emissions.

To conduct retroﬁt work on Specialised Supported Housing requires careful and considerate planning, especially

regarding the impact of construction during retroﬁt work, and the ease of functionality for all technology that is

used, including heating controls and ventilation systems. To this end, where possible, the team will conduct as many

upgrades as possible in one go in order to minimise disruption to tenants, considering tenant needs and ability to

beneﬁt from proposed upgrades. All retroﬁt works will closely follow sustainability best practices.

See retroﬁt section on page 35

for further details regarding the retroﬁt plans and implementation.

/

SUSTAINABILITY APPROACHES: IMPACT AND ESG INTEGRATION

The Group’s approach to sustainability is to create social impact by delivering homes for vulnerable individuals

supported through the additional management of wider risks and opportunities which may impact the quality of

those homes or the long-term value of the assets through the integration of ESG factors in the investment decision

making process.

48

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

Impact creation

: The Group’s social impact goal is to increase the provision of Specialised Supported Housing that delivers

positive outcomes for people with care and support needs. Under this overall impact goal, the Group has established the

following set of impact objectives and identiﬁed the target outcomes to which the Fund aims to contribute:

IMPACT OBJECTIVES

The areas under the Group’s direct

control or inﬂuence:

Social Need;

Fund sustainable developments;

increase supply;

quality services and partnerships

CONTRIBUTE

TOWARDS

TARGET OUTCOMES

The outcomes for people and planet;

these depend on many factors, one of

which may be the Group’s activities

Improve wellbeing

Value for money

The Good Economy conduct an independent assessment of the impact objectives and target outcomes. Full details

regarding the impact results can be found at The Good Economy’s website.

ESG integration:

In conjunction with the Board’s endorsement, and in line with the Principles of Responsible

Investment (PRI), the Investment Manager has an ESG integration policy in place, directly relating to the Group’s

investments with the aim of ensuring value for investors, coupled with respecting society and the environment.

Within this integration policy, the Investment Manager has set out principles which it incorporates throughout its

business, for example, to consider the impact of operations on local communities and to uphold high standards of

business integrity and honesty.

An overview of how ESG is integrated throughout the investment process is outlined in table 2, whilst further details

of this process, including examples, can be found within the ESG integration policy (available on request).

SUSTAINABILITY TABLE 2.

THE GROUP INTEGRATES ESG THROUGHOUT ALL STAGES OF THE INVESTMENT PROCESS.

INVESTMENT STAGE

SUSTAINABILITY ACTIVITIES

Origination and initial due

diligence

Key ESG and impact factors are summarised within the team’s internal pipeline tracker. An opportunity will only

progress to incurring costs once the senior investment team members believe that ESG conditions are being met

or managed and the opportunity does not present a material ESG risk.

Cost incurring due diligence

Key ESG considerations are assessed on a deal-by-deal basis within the due diligence trackers. A new due

diligence tracker is completed for new transactions, the tracker also assesses transactions against six impact

objectives.

The due diligence tracker is designed to capture all the ESG metrics collated throughout the origination and due

diligence phase.

Property Investment

Committee

ESG factors are presented and considered by members of the investment committee within a paper which is

accompanied by the due diligence tracker for all supporting ESG data.

The meeting minutes will record any ESG issues raised, with conﬁrmation that ESG factors have been considered,

and the committee believes that once any ESG conditions are met, the deal does not present a material ESG risk.

The ﬁnal due diligence Tracker will record any investment committee comments or actions on ESG.

Ownership and asset

management

On-going conversations with partners to discuss and gather insight and share good practice as well as identifying

early any future challenges. Property performance is monitored to ensure that social needs continue to be met.

The governance of existing counterparties is monitored through regular meetings and inspections.

We consider how to optimise ESG performance across the portfolio – for example, upgrading the EPC ratings of

existing properties through comprehensive retroﬁt programs.

We engage in sector-wide discussions (including with government) about ESG performance and best practices

Exit

If properties are sold, we will disclose ESG improvements during the period of ownership.

When considering ESG within the investment process, a materiality approach is taken to ensure focus is given to

those issues most likely to negatively impact or positively strengthen the homes we are investing in. The details

below summarise the areas of interrogation.

49

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/ ENVIRONMENT

When acquiring assets, we look closely at their

environmental impact, and encourage a sustainable

approach for new development. We also look to ensure

the environmental impact is considered in relation to the

maintenance and upgrading of existing properties.

We now require every property we acquire to have a

minimum energy performance rating of at least a ‘C’ on

an EPC for renovated properties and at least a ‘B’ on an

EPC for new-build properties, notwithstanding the legal

requirement for any privately rented properties to have a

minimum energy performance rating of E on an EPC. A

retroﬁt programme also commenced in

2021 to increase

all our properties EPC ratings to a minimum of C.

Through our rigorous and evolving due diligence

process, the high standards we expect from developers

and signiﬁcant investment in the Specialised Supported

Housing sector, we have been able to provide capital

and expertise that has enabled our counterparties to

progress alongside us. We focus on offering residents

resource-efﬁcient and adapted living areas which

help ensure our investments are ﬁt-for-purpose and

sustain their value over the long-term. As a landlord,

we consider the opportunities we have to help reduce

running costs for our lessees and occupiers, and increase

resident well-being. Considering these issues helps to

increase the security of income and preserve the long-

term value of investments.

/

CLIMATE CHANGE

The Investment Manager, in accordance with the FCA’s

ESG Sourcebook, is committed to the implementation

of disclosures consistent with the recommendations of

the Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures

(TCFD) by 30 June 2024.

Whilst the Group is not currently required to disclose

against the TCFD framework, it seeks to demonstrate

best practice in transparency and therefore has included

a disclosure within this report. Further details are found

in the Climate Risk analysis section below, and the full

report is set out below.

/

SOCIAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT

Our properties aim to provide multiple beneﬁts to local

communities. We want to provide residents with safe

and secure accommodation, which meet their individual

care needs. We work with Approved Provider lessees

to enable them to grow the portfolio of properties they

are responsible for managing, allowing them to expand

the number of individuals they support whilst providing

employment for local carers, housing managers and

builders. While development and refurbishment can

cause some minor short-term disruption to an area,

these activities help create employment and, at the same

time, help alleviate the UK’s housing crisis.

/ GOVERNANCE

The Group looks to encourage best practice governance

among all counterparties in order to minimise

operational risks and encourage them to continually

assess how they can contribute more to employees,

residents, wider society and the environment, through

compliance with legislation and regulations, and the

adoption and implementation of issue-speciﬁc policies.

Details on the Group’s corporate governance practices

are set out on pages 82 to 87.

/

FUTURE SUSTAINABILITY

INNOVATIONS FOR THE GROUP

NET ZERO ROADMAP EXERCISE

The Investment Manager has started the process

of aligning all of its ﬁnanced emissions to Net Zero

pathways. The Investment Manager is a signatory of

the Partnership for Carbon Accounting Fundamentals

and discloses its ﬁnanced emissions as part of this

commitment. The Investment Manager intends to set

near-term Science-Based Targets for 2030 across all of

its eligible assets as a ﬁrst step towards reaching Net

Zero emissions by 2050, and as part of our obligations as

signatories of the Net Zero Asset Managers initiative.

/

CLIMATE RISK ANALYSIS

Climate-related risks and appropriate mitigation is a

growing area of focus for the Group. The team are

seeking to roll out comprehensive climate analysis

initiatives to support risk mitigation and forward

50

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

planning. This will encompass both existing portfolio

properties as well as becoming incorporated into the

selection process for new properties.

The Group is considering the climate change strategy

of its portfolio including a review of its climate risks and

opportunities, and has committed to disclose these in

line with The Task Force for Climate-Related Financial

Disclosures (TCFD) recommendations. These are

designed to provide a framework to take account of

climate-related risks and opportunities and ensure that

corporate reporting is consistent and comparable.

The Group is pleased to voluntarily report its progress

to date in line with the eleven disclosures set out in the

TCFD recommendations.

Please refer to page 54 to 61 to read the full TCFD

disclosure.

/

THE INVESTMENT MANAGER: TRIPLE POINT

An important aspect of the Investment Manager’s

approach to ESG is the adoption of the Principles for

Responsible Investment (‘PRI’), which they signed up to

in 2019. The PRI are designed to guide and demonstrate

best practice ESG integration, and to promote alignment

between the objectives of investors and wider society.

The principles, which are voluntary, are intended to be

actionable and measurable are detailed in the table

below.

PRINCIPLE

SUMMARY OF INVESTMENT MANAGER ACTION

1

We will incorporate ESG issues into investment analysis and decision-

making processes.

As evidenced through our detailed approach to ESG due diligence

and laid out in our ESG Integration Policy.

2

We will be active owners and incorporate ESG issues into our

ownership policies and practices.

As evidenced through engagement with RPs and developers on

processes that would beneﬁt from improved ESG performance.

For example, when investing in construction seeking developers to

become signatories of the Considerate Code of Constructors.

3

We will seek appropriate disclosure on ESG issues by the entities in

which we invest.

As evidence through our increasing expectations on those we work

with, for example requesting developers to become signatories to

the Considerate Contractors Code.

4

We will promote acceptance and implementation of the Principles

within the investment industry.

As evidence through our involvement in the Sustainability Reporting

Standard for Social Housing and the Equity Impact Project, and

participation in the Green Lease Working Group for the Green

Finance Institute initiatives which seek to drive industry best practice

in ESG and impact.

5

We will work together to enhance our effectiveness in implementing

the Principles.

As evidenced by the ongoing participation of the investment

manager in collaborative initiatives, and in ESG innovation, such as

our work towards improved energy efﬁciency.

6

We will each report on our activities and progress towards

implementing the Principles.

As evidenced through the detail we publish in our Annual Report,

our ESG Integration Policy, our Impact Report and the Investment

Manager’s Group Sustainable Business Objectives report.

Triple Point became a certiﬁed B Corp in December

2022. B Corp Certiﬁcation is a designation that

a business is meeting high standards of veriﬁed

performance, accountability, and transparency on

factors from employee beneﬁts and charitable giving to

supply chain practices and input materials. To achieve

certiﬁcation, a company must:

•

Demonstrate high social and environmental

performance by achieving a B Impact Assessment

score of 80 or above and passing our risk review.

Multinational corporations must also meet baseline

requirement standards.

•

Make a legal commitment by changing their

corporate governance structure to be accountable

to all stakeholders, not just shareholders, and

achieve beneﬁt corporation status if available in

their jurisdiction.

•

Exhibit transparency by allowing information

about their performance measured against B Lab’s

standards to be publicly available on their B Corp

proﬁle on B Lab’s website.

51

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

WIDER GOVERNANCE AND

SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS

BEHAVIOURS OF THE GROUP AND

INVESTMENT MANAGER

BUSINESS RELATIONSHIPS

The Group has a set of corporate providers that ensure

the smooth running of the Group’s activities. The Group’s

key service providers are listed on page 152, and the

Management Engagement Committee annually reviews

the effectiveness and performance of these service

providers, taking into account any feedback received.

The Group also beneﬁts from the commitment and

ﬂexibility of its corporate lenders for its debt facilities.

Each of these relationships is important to the long-term

success of the business. The Group and the Investment

Manager maintain high standards of business conduct by

acting in a collaborative and responsible manner with all

its business partners that protects the reputation of the

Group as a whole.

EMPLOYEES

The Group has no employees and accordingly no

requirement to separately report on this area.

The Investment Manager is an equal opportunities

employer who respects and seeks to empower each

individual and the diverse cultures, perspectives, skills

and experiences within its workforce. The Investment

Manager places great importance on company culture

and the wellbeing of its employees and considers

various initiatives and events to ensure a positive

working environment.

HEALTH AND SAFETY

The Group is committed to fostering the highest

standards in health and safety. Day-to-day responsibility

for health and safety in our properties is shared by the

Approved Providers and care providers who manage

the housing and provide care. Our Investment Manager

requests conﬁrmation from Approved Providers that

all properties remain compliant and property visits,

following an agreed visiting schedule, are undertaken

to verify this. Every quarter the Board is provided with

updates on the health and safety of our residents.

DIVERSITY

We are an externally managed business and do not

have any employees or ofﬁce space. As such the Group

does not operate a diversity policy with regards to any

administrative, management and supervisory functions.

A description of the Board’s policy on diversity can be

found on page 95.

The Investment Manager has an Inclusion and Diversity

Policy which outlines commitments including compulsory

training for all employees on equality

and

diversity

in

the

workplace

and

unconscious

bias

training.

All staff are expected to conduct

themselves

to

help

the

organisation

provide

equal

opportunities

in

employment,

and prevent bullying, harassment,

victimisation and discrimination. Behaviours contrary

to those outlined in the policy result in disciplinary

procedures.

The Investment Manager are members of the Diversity

Project, an initiative championing a more inclusive

culture within the Savings and Investment profession

and this further informs our approach to Inclusion and

Diversity. Some of the Diversity Project’s Five Year Goals

include:

•

All member ﬁrms to support one or more graduate/

school leaver recruitment programmes focused on

socio-economic diversity

•

Gender pay gaps reduced by one third from their

2019 ﬁgures

•

50:50 male:female graduate and school leaver

recruitment

Some of the initiatives used by the Investment Manager

to support these goals are the 100 Black Intern

Programme, Investment 2020 and Girls are Investors

Programme.

Triple Point are committed to transparency around

diversity report. We have voluntarily opted to report

against the following metrics:

TRIPLE POINT HOUSING TEAM

TRIPLE POINT GROUP

64.7% women

41.5% women

33.3% women in leadership roles

(partners/ directors)

21.4% women in leadership roles

(partners)

46.6% women in leadership roles

(directors)

23.5% ethnic minority

17.0% ethnic minority

33.3% ethnic minority in

leadership roles (partners/

directors)

0% ethnic minority in leadership

roles (partners)

20% ethnic minority in leadership

roles (directors)

52

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

HUMAN RIGHTS

The Group is not within the scope of the Modern Slavery

Act 2015 because it has not exceeded the turnover

threshold and is therefore not obliged to make a slavery

and human trafﬁcking statement.

The Board are satisﬁed that, to the best of their

knowledge, the Company’s principal advisers, which

are listed in the Shareholder Information section on

page 152 comply with the provisions of the UK Modern

Slavery Act 2015.

The Investment Manager takes the risk of Modern

Slavery extremely seriously. The Investment Manager’s

responsibilities as both an employer and investor are

laid out in a separate and public Modern Slavery Act

Statement available on the Triple Point website

4

.

INVESTMENT MANAGER’S GOVERNANCE OF

SUSTAINABILITY APPROACH

The Investment Manager’s overall commitment and

approach to sustainability is overseen by the Head

of Sustainability and the supporting sustainability

governance structure. The Investment Manager’s

sustainability is governed through three core elements.

Firstly, all investments must be approved by the

Investment Manager’s Investment Committee. All of the

Investment Manager’s Investment Committee members

receive ESG training, to ensure they fully understand

the ESG integration approach in place and can assess

investment opportunities in the correct context. This

review process ensures investment decisions are

aligned with the strategy’s ESG commitments and the

organisation’s ethos on corporate responsibility and

responsible investment more generally.

Secondly, the Investment Manager has a Sustainability

Group which meets every month and is chaired by

Ben Beaton, co-Managing Partner of the Investment

Manager. This group reviews all sustainability activities

across the business, with members consisting of partners

and business heads from across all functions and is

minuted by the Company Secretarial team. Reporting

into this group is the Sustainable Investment Subgroup,

which is chaired by Lindsay Smart, the Investment

Manager’s Head of Sustainability. This group meets every

8 weeks, with members consisting of senior partners

and investment directors from across the Investment

Manager’s investment strategies and will discuss

investment opportunities and related sustainability issues

and opportunities.

Thirdly, the Investment Manger’s Head of Sustainability

is responsible for running an annual ESG performance

review of ESG integration by each strategy, to ensure

teams are implementing the ESG activity committed

to within the associated integration policy. The results

and follow-up action of this review are shared with the

Sustainability Group and with the Sustainable Investment

Subgroup.

4.

https://www.triplepoint.co.uk/approach-to-sustainability/116/

53

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

COMPANY’S APPROACH TO TCFD DISCLOSURE

The Task Force for Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) recommendations are designed to provide a

framework for the ﬁnancial sector to take account of climate-related risks and opportunities and ensure that such

reporting is consistent and comparable. The Company is pleased to report here in alignment with the eleven

recommended disclosures set out in the TCFD recommendations.

The report has been prepared with reference to TCFD All Sector Guidance and Supplemental Guidance for the

Financial Sector. In addition to UK government requirements, the FCA has made it a requirement for many regulated

ﬁrms to publish TCFD-aligned climate disclosures on their website, with effect from 1 January 2023 and with the

ﬁrst reports due by 30 June 2024, under ESG 2.1 in the FCA Rules. While not in scope of this requirement yet,

the Company has decided to produce this TCFD report ahead of FCA expectations to demonstrate its support

for the disclosures. Except where noted, we consider our disclosure to be consistent with all of the Task Force

on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) Recommendations and Recommended Disclosures as detailed

in “Recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures”, 2017, with use of additional

guidance from “Implementing the Recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures”,

2021. The Company has identiﬁed that it is not currently compliant with TCFD recommendations for target

disclosure. It is also noted that the Company has no Scope 1 and 2 emissions, as disclosed in the Directors’ Report

on page 105. Net Zero targets are currently being formalised, which will be disclosed in subsequent reporting.

RECOMMENDATION

RECOMMENDED DISCLOSURES

PAGES

Governance

Disclose the organisation’s governance around climate-

related risks and opportunities.

a. Describe the board’s oversight of climate-related risks and

opportunities.

55

b. Describe management’s role in assessing and managing climate-

related risks and opportunities.

55

Strategy

Disclose the actual and potential impacts of climate-

related risks and opportunities on the organisation’s

businesses, strategy, and ﬁnancial planning where such

information is material.

a. Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities the organisation

has identiﬁed over the short, medium, and long term.

57-61

b. Describe the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on the

organisation’s businesses, strategy, and ﬁnancial planning.

57-61

c. Describe the resilience of the organisation’s strategy, taking into

consideration different climate-related scenarios, including a 2°C or

lower scenario.

57-61

Risk Management

Disclose how the organisation identiﬁes, assesses, and

manages climate-related risks.

a. Describe the organisation’s processes for identifying and assessing

climate-related risks.

55-56

b. Describe the organisation’s processes for managing climate-related

risks.

55-56

c. Describe how processes for identifying, assessing, and managing

climate-related risks are integrated into the organisation’s overall risk

management.

55-56

Metrics and Targets

Disclose the metrics and targets used to assess

and manage relevant climate-related risks and

opportunities where such information is material.

a. Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to assess climate-

related risks and opportunities in line with its strategy and risk

management process.

61

b. Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2 and, if appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse

gas (GHG) emissions and the related risks.

61

c. Describe the targets used by the organisation to manage climate-

related risks and opportunities and performance against targets.

61

54

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

GOVERNANCE

•

Describe the board’s oversight of climate-related

risks and opportunities.

•

Describe management’s role in assessing and

managing climate-related risks and opportunities.

Risks to the Company, including climate risks, are

formally captured in the Company’s Risk Register which

is owned by the Board, which has ultimate responsibility

for managing the climate risks faced by the Company.

The Investment Manager shares the Risk Register on

a quarterly basis, and provides additional updates on

material climate risks on an ad hoc basis. Triple Point’s

Head of Sustainability and the Risk team are responsible

for ensuring coverage of climate-related risks within the

risk register.

GROUP BOARD

RISK COMMITTEE

RISK TEAM

SUSTAINABILITY

TEAM

INVESTMENT

TEAM

SUSTAINABLE

INVESTMENT

SUBGROUP

APPROVED

PROVIDERS

TRIPLE POINT

SOCIAL HOUSING

REIT

TRIPLE POINT

INVESTMENT

MANAGEMENT

APPROVED

PROVIDERS

At the Investment Manager level, assessment and

management of climate-related risks and opportunities

is shared across the Housing Teams and the wider

Triple Point business through the Risk Committee and

dedicated Investment Team meetings. Triple Point’s

Sustainability Team and Risk Team, co-ordinate these

processes.

Climate-related risks are increasingly assessed as part of

the standard due diligence process when acquiring or

funding the development of new properties. All climate

risks identiﬁed are presented in the materials provided

to the Investment Committee and, where relevant, will

be discussed during committee meetings to assess

the potential impact of these risks on the property

or development and to determine the time frame

over which they might materialise. Additionally, the

investment committee will assess potential mitigations

for the risks.

The central Sustainable Investment Subgroup within

Triple Point holds meetings every second month, serving

as an extra platform for the examination of ESG issues

that could impact potential investments, including the

impact of climate change. This group is comprised of

senior members of Triple Point’s investment team from

all investment strategies, bringing together a range of

expertise and viewpoints for productive discussions.

Max Shenkman is currently the representative from the

Company in this subgroup.

Where investments are made into properties that

are in construction, Triple Point’s investment team

can have more of a direct inﬂuence over the design

and development of a property, and can ensure that

any relevant mitigation measures are included in the

speciﬁcation, such as additional drainage measures for

properties with increasing ﬂood risk.

RISK MANAGEMENT

•

Describe the organisation’s processes for identifying

and assessing climate-related risks.

•

Describe the organisation’s processes for managing

climate-related risks.

•

Describe how processes for identifying, assessing,

and managing climate-related risks are integrated

into the organisation’s overall risk management.

Climate-related risks to the portfolio are identiﬁed during

an annual workshop between the Housing Team and the

sustainability team within the asset manager. During this

workshop, the subject-matter expertise of the Housing

Team and asset management teams is utilised to map

climate risks onto the assets held by the Company. A

particular emphasis is placed on how identiﬁed risks

interact with the residents of the Company’s properties

and how these can be mitigated to ensure safety and

comfort, as well as providing ﬁnancial resilience to the

Company.

The method used to evaluate the importance of each

climate risk that the Company is exposed to is aligned

to the Company’s general risk management structure. It

involves a matrix with a 5-point rating system for both

the likelihood and consequence of each risk.

55

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

•

Likelihood: low, moderate, high.

•

Impact: low, moderate, high.

Financial impact if risk happens

Low

Moderate

High

1

2

3

4

5

Likelihood of risk happening

High

5

4

Moderate

3

2

Low

1

This alignment allows for the climate-related risks to

be incorporated into broader risk management and

mitigation procedures. These risks are added to the risk

register of the strategy, which is reviewed during the

quarterly Portfolio Risk Review meeting. This meeting

brings together the Housing Team, and the sustainability,

and risk teams, with the resulting risk register being

approved by the Board and evaluated and approved by

the Risk Committee.

The period over which each risk ﬁrst becomes material is

deﬁned as:

•

Short-term: 0-2 years

•

Medium-term: 2-5 years

•

Long-term: over 5 years

These time scales are aligned to the Company’s overall

risk management framework, considering the nature of

the Group’s assets and liabilities (see page 140).

The Company uses the suggested policies of the UK

Climate Change Committee’s Sixth Carbon Budget

as a starting point for identifying transition risks to

the property sector. Key suggested policies from

the Balanced Pathway, such as minimum efﬁciency

standards, are considered. In addition, key physical risk

outputs such as changes in temperature, precipitation

and storm frequency, are used to qualitatively assess

the physical risks to the assets. Outputs from a variety of

scenarios are utilised, which are outlined in the Strategy

section below.

In addition to the risk-identiﬁcation workshops, the

Company uses an external provider, Climate X, to

analyse and quantify the physical risk to its assets

resulting from climate change. Climate X maintains

a realistic digital twin of the earth, utilising data from

remote sensing. This digital twin is combined with the

latest, high-resolution climate modelling, to determine

the future risks from a wide range of hazards, under a

range of climate scenarios:

HAZARDS ASSESSED BY THE CLIMATE X MODEL:

River Flooding

Subsidence

Heat Stress

Coastal Flooding

Landslides

Storm

Surface Flooding

Coastal Erosion

Droughts & Wildﬁres

Climate X simulate the effect of future chronic and

acute weather events at the asset level, to model the

vulnerability of the asset itself, which is then used to

calculate the asset-speciﬁc risk from each individual

hazard, and estimate future value-at-risk, expressed

as expected losses per annum, as a percentage of the

total building reinstatement cost for each property. An

example of the metrics given for a property is shown

below:

RISK DASHBOARD

HAZARD

RATING

SEVERITY

PROBABILITY

ACCURACY

ACUTE

River ﬂooding

A

0.00m Depth

3%

79%

Surface ﬂooding

A

0.00m Depth

1%

66%

Landslide

D

1 Shallow

27%

99%

CHRONIC

Subsidence

A

0.35cm / year

90%

90%

Costal ﬂooding

F

1.40m Depth

95%

95%

Heat stress

C

7 No of days > 30°C

99%

99%

Figure 1

:

Example output from Climate X for a property.

The probability (e.g. 95%) of a risk of a certain severity

(e.g. a ﬂood depth of 1.4 metres) are calculated and

summarised in an overall risk rating scope from A-F.

A transparent methodology is available for each risk

rating and an accuracy is calculated, based on model

agreement.

56

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

STRATEGY

•

Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities

the organisation has identiﬁed over the short,

medium and long term.

•

Describe the impact of climate-related risks and

opportunities on the organisation’s businesses,

strategy and ﬁnancial planning.

•

Describe the resilience of the organisation’s strategy,

taking into consideration different climate-related

scenarios, including a 2°C or lower scenario.

Investing in real assets exposes the Company to

both the physical and transition risks associated with

climate change. The Company’s properties may require

additional work to bolster their resiliency against

increasingly extreme weather, or require efﬁciency

upgrades to meet ever-stricter efﬁciency standards, as

the government seeks to mitigate emissions from the

building sector, one of the largest sources of emissions

in the UK. With a greater than average efﬁciency, the

Company’s building stock of properties provide some

resilience against this risk, but it is recognised that risks

and opportunities will arise across a range of timeframes,

which are considered here. The main risks to the fund are

shown below:

Financial impact if risk happens

1

2

3

4

5

Likelihood of risk happening

5

1

4

3

4

3

3

5

2

2

2

1

4

1

PHYSICAL

1

Water Stress

2

Increased frequency of heatwaves

3

Increased surface ﬂooding during more frequent storms

4

Physical damage to properties (assessed by Climate X)

TRANSITION

1

Efﬁciency Regulations

2

Carbon pricing in the value chain

3

Changing resident requirements

4

Market expectation to report accurate emissions information

5

Cost of capital linked to efﬁciency performance

57

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

PHYSICAL RISKS\*

RISK

1. WATER STRESS

2. INCREASED FREQUENCY OF

HEATWAVES

3. INCREASED SURFACE FLOODING

DURING MORE FREQUENT STORMS

DESCRIPTION

Particularly for properties in the South

East of England, an increased frequency

of droughts may cause water shortages

and also lead to subsidence issues in

certain properties.

Given the vulnerable nature of many of

the Company’s tenants, overheating of

the Company’s properties is an acute

risk.

Increasing frequency of storms may lead

to an increased frequency of surface

ﬂooding, if current drainage options

prove to be insufﬁcient.

POTENTIAL

FINANCIAL

IMPACTS

- Increased utility bills for Approved

Providers and residents.

- May require installation of more water-

efﬁcient appliances.

- Subsidence may affect property values

and require repair work.

- Capex may be required to add

additional insulation and ventilation to

properties to prevent overheating.

- Frequent overheating of buildings can

cause wear and tear and potentially

lower building values.

- Potential damage to properties as a

result of ﬂooding, requiring repairs and

affecting property value.

- Properties may need to be upgraded

to include more comprehensive

drainage systems.

LIKELIHOOD

Low to Moderate

Moderate

Moderate

IMPACT

Moderate

Low to Moderate

Low

TIME HORIZON

Medium term

Short term

Medium term

MITIGATION

AND

RESILIENCY

- Utility bills are paid by the lessee and

residents.

- Where a signiﬁcant risk of subsidence

is identiﬁed, properties would not be

acquired.

- Any future biodiversity improvements

will take drought risk into

consideration, noting that tree

planting in particular can exacerbate

subsidence.

- Repairs and restoration are the

responsibility of the lessee, under the

terms of the lease, which limits the

Company’s exposure.

- The ongoing EPC retroﬁt programme

will provide additional insulation,

higher-quality glass, and other

measures to limit overheating. This

risk will be considered when planning

efﬁciency upgrades to provide

synergies wherever possible.

- Consideration of risk factors such as

roof windows, glass types, and shading

are made during due diligence,

considering resident comfort and the

ease of use of windows and blinds.

- Surface ﬂooding risk is assessed for the

portfolio by the Company’s Climate

X analysis, in addition to assessments

from insurers and the Environment

Agency.

- The Geographic diversity of the

Company’s properties means that this

risk is unlikely to be material at the

portfolio level.

- The Company is currently exploring

the potential for increasing biodiversity

at its properties. The potential for

natural drainage options will be

assessed as part of this work.

- Insurance protection will be increased

if necessary.

\*Risk four, Physical Damage to Properties, is assessed in more detail in the Scenario Analysis section of the report.

58

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

TRANSITION RISKS

RISK

1. EFFICIENCY

REGULATIONS

2. CARBON PRICING

IN THE VALUE CHAIN

3. CHANGING

RESIDENT

REQUIREMENTS

4. MARKET

EXPECTATION TO

REPORT ACCURATE

EMISSIONS

INFORMATION

5. COST OF

CAPITAL LINKED

TO EFFICIENCY

PERFORMANCE

DESCRIPTION

Government legislation

to mandate all

residential buildings

to achieve an EPC

B rating or above

will require retroﬁt

of energy efﬁciency

measures. If

regulations develop

particularly quickly,

newly completed

properties may have to

be retroﬁtted.

Construction activities

and manufacturing

of materials is carbon

intensive, causing

high exposure to any

potential future carbon

pricing measures.

As part of the energy

transition, home

requirements may

change, and will need

to be factored into

planning and design

standards. Facilities

such as secure bicycle

parking, electric

vehicle charging

points and public

transport accessibility

will become more

important.

Currently, the

Company follows

market practice in

reporting estimated

emissions for its

portfolio due to

difﬁculties in accessing

actual energy

consumption data for

its properties. Future

market expectations

may shift to collecting

real data. Without this

data, the fund may

be less competitive in

the market-place, as

investors are less able

to gauge the risk.

The Company has an

active sustainability-

linked loan facility,

in which cost of

capital is linked to

efﬁciency performance,

measured via EPCs.

In the future, debt

facilities linked to ESG

performance criteria

may become more

common and have

increasingly stringent

requirements around

efﬁciency standards.

POTENTIAL

FINANCIAL

IMPACTS

Properties that do not

meet standards may

become stranded

assets, require

retroﬁtting, or face

a 'brown tax', with a

lower valuation and

less liquidity.

Carbon pricing in

the supply chain of

materials may be

passed on to the

developers, increasing

property prices.

Including these

features in property

designs may increase

costs.

Increased difﬁculty

accessing funding, with

a higher cost of capital.

Failure to meet

efﬁciency standards

results in a higher

cost of capital for the

company.

LIKELIHOOD

High

Moderate

Moderate to High

Moderate to High

Moderate

IMPACT

Moderate

Low to Moderate

Low

Low

Low

TIME HORIZON

Medium term

Long term

Short term

Short term

Short term

MITIGATION

AND

RESILIENCY

- The Company’s

portfolio is

signiﬁcantly more

energy efﬁcient

than the national

average, with only

29% of properties

rated below EPC C,

compared with 56%.

- The ongoing EPC

retroﬁt programme

aims to further

improve efﬁciency,

to stay ahead of

emerging regulation.

- The 2023 Code

of Considerate

Constructors is

recommended to

developers and

includes guidance on

tracking embodied

emissions.

- The potential

for conducting

embodied emissions

assessments of future

properties is being

assessed.

- Public transport

accessibility

assessments have

been conducted for

eligible properties.

- Fast vehicle charging

and bicycle points

are included

in developer

requirements.

- The Company will

begin to track the

number of electric

vehicle charging

points.

- The Investment

Manager continues

to explore options to

improve data quality.

- Future building

standards may

include requirements

for smart metering,

and provisioning of

data to Triple Point.

- The existing

high efﬁciency

performance of the

portfolio provides

resiliency.

- Funds saved from

the lower cost of

capital could be

partially used to

further increase the

efﬁciency of the

portfolio.

59

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

OPPORTUNITIES

OPPORTUNITY

1. INCREASED VALUE OF ENERGY EFFICIENT HOMES

3. INCREASED SURFACE FLOODING DURING MORE

FREQUENT STORMS

TYPE

Markets

Energy Source

DESCRIPTION

As efﬁciency regulations increase, the value of existing

efﬁcient homes will increase, with a ‘green premium’ attached

to housing stock with good efﬁciency credentials.

Although not formally assessed, the geographical spread of

the Company’s properties means that opportunities are likely

to exist for on-site renewable energy generation. Energy

generated could be provided to tenants in the ﬁrst instance,

to reduce energy bills, with the excess being sold to the grid

by the Company.

FINANCIAL

IMPACT

- Increased Net Asset Value for the Company.

- Additional income stream for the Company, through selling

excess electricity.

- Increased value of properties.

LIKELIHOOD

High

High

IMPACT

High

Low

TIME HORIZON

Medium term

Long term

/

SCENARIO ANALYSIS

The Company acknowledges the uncertainty around future climate scenarios and has performed partial, qualitative

scenario analysis to understand the impact of each of the most signiﬁcant risks to its portfolio under different climate

outcomes. The most prominent risks to the Company were assessed under two scenarios, and the overall resiliency of

the strategy was assessed under each:

•

Net Zero: in which warming is limited to 1.5°C by 2050, limiting physical risks but creating high transitional risk

due to the introduction of strict climate policies and rapid technology change.

•

Hot House World: in which warming reaches 4°C, as no new climate policies are introduced and technological

progress is slow, limiting transitional risks but presenting signiﬁcant physical risks.

1.5°C

4°C

Transition risk

Physical risk

1.5-DEGREE WORLD – WHERE WE ASSUME HIGH LEVEL OF

REGULATION AND TRANSITIONAL RISK

4-DEGREE WORLD – WHERE WE ASSUME A LIMITED REGULATORY

RESPONSE AND GREATER PHYSICAL RISKS

Most prominent risks:

• Quicker implementation of stringent efﬁciency requirements for

properties affecting property values and requiring retroﬁt.

• Carbon pricing and net zero building requirements increasing

building costs.

• Subsidence induced by water stress.

• Increased frequency of heatwaves necessitating building upgrades

Mitigants to ensure resilience:

• The Company’s assets are currently above market-standard for

efﬁciency and a retroﬁt program is underway to bring up the

standard of the properties in advance of any legislation.

• Assessment through Climate X to quantify worst-case risks, shows limited

damage to buildings, even under the Hot House World scenario.

• EPC retroﬁt programme is likely to provide mitigations to overheating

risks.

60

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

Quantitative scenario analysis was conducted for the

portfolio utilising climate modelling from Climate X

(described in the Risk Management section). Scenarios

used here are from the International Panel on Climate

Change (IPCC)’s Representative Concentration Pathways

(RCPs) 2.6 and 8.5. These scenarios align to the Net

Zero (RCP 2.6) and Hot House World (RCP 8.5) scenarios

used in the qualitative analysis. Under each scenario,

potential losses per annum and a physical risk score were

determined.

RCP 2.6

RCP 8.5

LOSSES PER ANNUM

0.9%

1.0%

RISK SCORE

A

B

Overall, the Manager believes the Company’s overall to

be resilient to climate risks under a wide range of climate

scenarios. The Company’s assets have a low vulnerability

to physical climate risks and the portfolio is more efﬁcient

than average, with an ongoing retroﬁt programme to

further increase performance, limiting transition risk.

METRICS AND TARGETS

•

Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to

assess climate-related risks and opportunities in line

with its strategy and risk management process.

•

Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2, and, if appropriate,

Scope 3 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, and the

related risks.

•

Describe the targets used by the organisation to

manage climate-related risks and opportunities and

performance against targets.

The Company recognises the need for continuous

improvement of data collection to accurately assess

exposure to climate risks and opportunities that may

be present under future climate scenarios. Four main

indicators are tracked: Climate Value-at-Risk, EPC ratings,

energy consumption, and emissions.

Climate Value-at-Risk, given by the Climate X assessment

of the portfolio, was assessed for the ﬁrst time in the

current reporting year. This analysis will be conducted

during each reporting year to track the exposure of the

portfolio to physical climate risk as the portfolio changes

and climate risk modelling methods mature.

RCP 2.6

RCP 8.5

LOSSES PER ANNUM

0.9%

1.0%

RISK SCORE

A

B

The EPC ratings of each property are monitored on an

ongoing basis, to assess exposure to future efﬁciency

regulations, and as a starting point for the EPC retroﬁt

programme. Currently, 71% of the portfolio is rated at C

or above.

B

31.15%

D

22.02%

E

6.95%

C

39.31%

G

0.04%

F

0.12%

A

0.40%

Finally, the energy consumption and associated

emissions of the properties are estimated by Kamma,

data, utilising a variety of data sources. EPC data is

used as a baseline, with a proprietary matching system

indexing localised and more frequently updated EPC

databases to ensure a high coverage rate. Emissions are

recalculated using primary data from the EPC reports

to better reﬂect the emissions associated with new

technologies and utilise up-to-date carbon intensity data

from the National Grid.

ENERGY CONSUMPTION (GWH)

30.15

TOTAL PROPERTY EMISSIONS

3,610

EMISSIONS PER PROPERTY (TCO2E)

1.4

SOCIAL AVERAGE

2.3

NATIONAL AVERAGE

3

The Investment Manager is currently in the process

of setting Net Zero targets across its entire portfolio,

which will cover all in-scope assets, including all of the

Group’s properties. The most up to date guidance from

the Science-Based Targets Initiative (SBTi) will be used

to determine the ambition of this target, which at the

time of publication, will result in a short-term emissions

reductions target, up to 2030. Following the release of

additional guidance, longer-term targets will be set.

61

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

This section describes how the Board engages with its key stakeholders, how it considers their interests and the

outcome of the engagement when making its decisions, the likely consequences of any decision in the long-term,

and further ensures that it maintains a reputation for high standards of business conduct. The Group is committed

to continual stakeholder engagement and implements a cycle of constant engagement at all stages of the Group’s

investment lifecycle.

/

SECTION 172(1) STATEMENT

STAKEHOLDER

WHY IS IT IMPORTANT TO ENGAGE?

HOW HAVE THE INVESTMENT MANAGER/

DIRECTORS ENGAGED?

Shareholders

Investment from our shareholders plays an important role by

providing capital to ensure we can deliver additional housing

into the Specialised Supported Housing sector.

Through the investment of private capital into an under-funded

sector, we can achieve a positive social impact whilst ensuring

our shareholders receive a long-term inﬂation-linked return.

The way in which we engage with our shareholders is set out

on page 87 in our Corporate Governance Report.

Residents

Our strategy is centred on providing Specialised Supported

Housing for our residents. We remain focused on providing

homes to our residents which offer them greater independence

than institutional accommodation, as well as meeting their

specialist care needs.

The Investment Manager monitors resident welfare through

engagement with Approved Providers. The Investment

Manager receives quarterly reports from Approved Providers

to ensure compliance with health and safety standards. Any

concerns are raised to the Board.

We do not generally engage with residents directly. Instead,

day-to-day engagement is done by care providers and, to a

lesser extent, Approved Providers.

Investment

Manager

The Investment Manager is responsible for executing the

Investment Objective within the Investment Policy of the

Company.

The Board maintains regular and open dialogue with the

Investment Manager at Board meetings and has regular

contact on operational and investment matters outside of

meetings.

Approved

Providers

Our relationship with Approved Providers is integral to

ensuring rent is paid to the Group and that properties are

managed appropriately.

The Group’s leases with Approved Providers are fully

repairing and insuring – meaning that Approved Providers

are responsible for management, repair and maintenance, in

addition to tenanting the properties.

The Investment Manager looks to maintain good relationships

with Approved Providers, having formal meetings with senior

management at least every six months as well as engaging

more frequently on an ad hoc basis on a variety of matters.

Quarterly operational surveys and biannual compliance surveys

are provided to the Investment Manager.

Stakeholder

Engagement

62

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

![ ]()

WHAT WERE THE KEY TOPICS OF ENGAGEMENT?

WHAT WAS THE FEEDBACK OBTAINED AND THE OUTCOME OF

THE ENGAGEMENT?

- Financial and operational performance.

- Share price discount to NAV and potential rectiﬁcation action.

- The share price and possible share buybacks or the sale of a portfolio.

- The regulatory environment of the Supported Housing sector.

- Environmental, social and governance considerations.

- The Company’s key service provider appointments, including the AIFM

and broker arrangements.

The Board and the Investment Manager are considering share buybacks

and a portfolio sale to address investor feedback about the Company’s

share price.

The Board and Investment Manager consider shareholder concerns

when speaking to the Regulator and agreed to keep shareholders

updated of any developments. We understand the importance of, and

are committed to, working with Registered Providers to address the

concerns of the Regulator. Refer to the Market Review in the Investment

Manager’s Report on pages 36 to 38.

The Investment Manager has enhanced environmental, social and

governance considerations within its investment process, and within its

own business. Refer to Investment Manager’s Report on page 35, and

the Sustainability Report on pages 46 to 61.

We provide oversight of resident welfare by ensuring properties are

safe and secure before residents move. Going forward we monitor

compliance with health and safety standards; ensure residents are

looked after by competent counterparties; and request updates on any

health and safety issues every quarter.

Resident issues raised as a result of engagement through care providers

were addressed.

Any compliance issues are remedied with any associated works

undertaken.

The Group’s investment decisions are informed by the long-term needs

of our residents.

In addition to all matters related to the execution of the Company’s

Investment Objective, the Board engaged with the Investment Manager

on developments in the market and updates from the Regulator.

As a result of the engagement between the Board and the Investment

Manager the Group has been able to execute its investment strategy

and has considered what adjustments can be made to the Group’s

model that will uphold ﬁnancial and governance standards while

attracting further private investment.

Additionally, the Investment Manager produces reports to the Board

every quarter on various governance and operational matters at the

Board’s request. Capital allocation is also considered with regard to the

views of the Board.

The Investment Manager discussed a number of topics with Approved

Providers including that properties are managed in accordance with

their leases; ﬁnancial reporting and governance; and speciﬁc property-

related issues such as occupancy, health and safety issues, rent levels,

management accounts and governance.

Refer to the Investment Manager’s Report on pages 32 to 44.

63

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

2022 Annual Report

![ ]()

STAKEHOLDER

WHY IS IT IMPORTANT TO ENGAGE?

HOW HAVE THE INVESTMENT MANAGER/

DIRECTORS ENGAGED?

Care Providers

Our residents receive care from care providers. It is important

to ensure that our vulnerable residents receive the best

possible care. In addition, the care providers share the cost

of voids with Approved Providers so we engage with care

providers to ensure our Approved Providers are able to pay our

rent in the event of empty units.

Therefore, care providers play an essential role in the

occupancy levels of our properties and strong engagement

with the Group ensures the best possible care for our residents.

The Investment Manager engages with care providers as part

of its due diligence process and regularly meets and engages

with our provider representatives when inspecting the Group’s

portfolio, when reviewing quarterly data and on an ad hoc

basis.

Local

authorities

Local authorities are responsible for identifying appropriate

housing and care for the individuals who live in the Group’s

properties.

New acquisitions are assessed to ensure that they meet the

expectations of the relevant Local Authority in order to ensure

that referrals are made as efﬁciently and safely as possible.

When looking at a new acquisition the Investment Manager

engages with, or receives feedback from, various departments

within local authorities including Commissioners and Housing

Beneﬁt ofﬁcers. The Investment Manager will look to engage

with a local authority in relation to an existing scheme if

required (for example if a new care provider is needed).

The Regulator

The Regulator regulates Registered Providers of social

housing to ensure providers are ﬁnancially viable and properly

governed. It is important to ensure that, as much as possible,

the Group reﬂects observations made by the Regulator in its

investment structures and its engagement with its Registered

Provider lessees.

The Investment Manager is in contact with the Regulator in

order to understand the key concerns and priorities of the

Regulator in the Specialised Supported Housing Sector.

Lenders

The Group’s investments in social housing assets are partly

funded by debt. Prudent debt ﬁnancing is required to achieve

the Group’s return targets.

All of our debt is long-term and so it is important for the Group

and the Investment Manager to form a good relationship

with our debt provider partners and provide them with all

information and commentary required.

The Investment Manager engages with its lenders mainly via

the reporting of ﬁnancial and information covenants under the

existing loan agreements on a quarterly basis.

In addition, there are regular ad-hoc engagements in relation

to general topics relating to the social housing sector as well

as speciﬁc topics arising from the ﬁnancial and operational

performance of the Group’s activities and future opportunities,

and any other general matters affecting the relationship

between the Group and the lenders.

/

SECTION 172(1) STATEMENT

PRINCIPAL DECISIONS

Principal decisions have been deﬁned as those that have a material impact to the Group and its key stakeholders. In

taking these decisions, the Directors considered their duties under section 172 of the Act.

INCREASE IN TARGET DIVIDEND

During the year, the Board increased the Company’s target dividend by 5%. The decision was supported by

underlying rental growth in the Group’s leases and represented strong dividend growth in a high inﬂationary

environment. Further detail can be found in the Investment Manager’s Report on pages 32 to 44. The Board believed

that the decision was in the best interests of the Company’s shareholders and feel conﬁdent that the decision will not

impact the Company’s ability to pay future dividends.

RENT INCREASE CAP OF 7%

The Board voluntarily took the decision to apply a 7% rent increase cap to the Group’s leases and agreed a

temporary one-year cap with most of the Group’s lessees.

64

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

![ ]()

WHAT WERE THE KEY TOPICS OF ENGAGEMENT?

WHAT WAS THE FEEDBACK OBTAINED AND THE OUTCOME OF

THE ENGAGEMENT?

The Investment Manager engages with care providers on: the speciﬁc

care and support requirements of residents including health and safety

compliance (refer to Investment Manager’s Report on pages 32 to 44);

property management by Approved Providers; ﬁnancial and operational

capacity for new schemes; occupancy levels; and ﬁnancial performance.

The Investment Manager rejected deals where care providers did

not meet the care or governance standards expected or where care

providers were unable to demonstrate the ﬁnancial strength to meet its

obligations under a service level agreement.

Following engagement, scope of works were agreed with care providers

to produce properties that meet the speciﬁc care needs of residents.

Whilst done at the relevant local authorities discretion care providers

have been changed where expectations around the standard of care

were not met or where engagement identiﬁed care providers in ﬁnancial

difﬁculties.

The aim of the engagement is, as much as possible, to ensure that the

properties acquired by the Group are consistent with the requirements

of the relevant local authority.

Where necessary local authorities will be engaged with directly post

the acquisition of a property to access ongoing demand levels and any

changes in commissioning strategy.

The Investment Manager will listen to feedback from local authorities

and where possible will work with Approved Providers to improve and

upgrade properties to ensure that they meet ongoing commissioning

requirements.

An initial pilot programme to implement energy efﬁciency upgrades

across 12 initial properties has commenced. Refer to the Investment

Manager’s Report on pages 35 for more detail.

Discussions with the Regulator are focused on ensuring the market

evolves in line with its observations, and Registered Providers can best

focus on addressing the Regulator’s observations.

The Investment Manager continues to work with the Boards of its

Registered Provider lessees to understand how best we can help them

meet the standards of the Regulator. Refer to the Investment Manager’s

Report on pages 32 to 44 for more detail.

The Group engaged on the following topics: ﬁnancial and information

covenant reporting and; active asset management activities undertaken

by the Group e.g. any other asset management activity that requires

lenders’ consent.

The Group is fully compliant with its debt covenants.

The Investment Manager’s pro-active engagement with the Group’s

lenders is welcome by its lenders and to date no concerns in relation to

the performance of its loans have been raised by the lenders.

The Board continues to monitor compliance with debt covenants and

keeps liquidity under constant review to make certain the Group has

sufﬁcient headroom in its debt facilities.

The Group cancelled the undrawn £160.0 million Revolving Credit

Facility jointly provided by Lloyds and NatWest across two separate

reductions occurring in February 2022 (a part-cancellation of £110.0

million) and December 2022 (a cancellation of the remaining £50.0

million).

In August 2022, Fitch Ratings afﬁrmed the Group’s existing Investment

Grade, long-term Issuer Default Rating (IDR) of ‘A-’ with a stable outlook

and a senior secured rating of ‘A’ for the Group’s existing loan notes.

This cap is in line with the Government’s cap on social housing rent increases. Specialised Supported Housing

was excluded from this cap, however, the Board believed that applying the cap was in the best interests of the

shareholders, Approved Providers, residents, and the local authorities. The Board believed that 7% would still

represent further signiﬁcant rental growth for the Group’s portfolio and also provide a greater degree of certainty for

investors.

CANCELLATION OF £160 MILLION REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY

The Board decided to cancel the undrawn £160 million Revolving Credit Facility with Lloyds and Natwest across two

separate reductions occurring in February 2022 and December 2022.

In making this decision, the Board considered the Group’s liquidity position and the Investment Manager’s

engagement with the relevant lenders, and determined that the decision was in the best interests of the Group’s

investors, taking into account the Group’s gearing level and facility fees.

65

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

2022 Annual Report

![ ]()

Risk Management

The Board recognises that effective risk management is key to the Group’s success

and that a proactive approach is critical to ensuring the sustainable growth and

resilience of the Group.

In the Company’s 2022 Interim Report we noted that

events that emerged in the ﬁrst half of 2022 could

adversely impact on three of the Group’s principal

risks outlined in the 2021 Annual Report. These events

principally related to rising interest rates and inﬂation

in the United Kingdom, and the UK government’s

consultation on a possible rent cap to be applied to

increases to social housing rents for the year starting in

April 2023. In addition, at the Company’s annual general

meeting in May, shareholders approved changes to the

Company’s Investment Policy and Investment Restrictions.

These changes allow the Group to enter into a broader

range of lease structures, including: shorter leases;

selectively taking on the cost of planned maintenance;

and leases where upward only rent reviews are linked to

either inﬂation or central housing beneﬁt policy. Given the

approved changes to the Company’s Investment Policy

and Investment Restrictions, and now that the outcome

of the government’s rent cap consultation is known (as

noted in both the Chair’s Statement and the Investment

Manager’s Report) and the Company has a better

understanding of the impact of both rising inﬂation and

interest rates on the Group’s portfolio and performance,

the Company has taken the opportunity to refresh the

Group’s principal risks and uncertainties, as set out herein.

By way of background, the Group focuses on a single

sub-sector of the UK real estate market with the aim of

delivering an attractive, growing and secure income for

shareholders. The Company has a speciﬁc investment

policy, as outlined on pages 22 to 23, which is adhered

to and for which the Board has overall responsibility. The

Group does not undertake speculative development.

Furthermore, the Group looks to work with experienced

lessees and has assembled a granular portfolio with a

relatively high WAULT.

As an externally managed investment company, the

Company outsources key services to the Investment

Manager and other service providers and relies on their

systems and controls. The Board undertakes a formal

risk review, with the assistance of the audit committee,

twice a year to assess and challenge the effectiveness

of the Company’s risk management and internal control

systems. The Board regularly reviews the control reports

of the key service providers and the external auditors note

any deﬁciencies in internal controls and processes that

have been identiﬁed during the course of the audit. A

description of the key internal controls of the Group can

be found on page 89.

The Investment Manager has responsibility for

identifying potential risks at an early stage, escalating

risks or changes to risk, and relevant considerations and

implementing appropriate mitigations which are recorded

in the Group’s risk register. Where relevant the ﬁnancial

model is stress tested to assess the potential impact

of certain risks against the likelihood of occurrence.

The Board regularly reviews the risk register to ensure

gradings and mitigating actions remain appropriate.

The Group’s risk management process is designed to

identify, evaluate and mitigate (rather than eliminate)

the signiﬁcant and emerging risks the Group faces and

continues to evolve to reﬂect changes in the Group’s

business and operating environment. The process can

therefore only provide reasonable, and not absolute,

assurance. It does however ensure a deﬁned approach to

decision making that decreases uncertainty surrounding

anticipated outcomes, balanced against the objective of

creating value for shareholders.

During the year, the Board has not identiﬁed or been

advised of any failings or weaknesses in the Group’s risk

management and internal control systems.

66

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

RISK HEAT MATRIX

Risk Impact

High

9,10

3

Moderate

to High

Moderate

8

4,5,6,7

1,2

Low to

Moderate

Low

Low

Low to

Moderate

Moderate

Moderate

to High

High

Likelihood

Risk

1

Default of one or more Approved Provider lessees

2.

Risk of an Approved Provider being deemed non-compliant with the Governance and

Viability Standard by the Regulator

3.

Risk of changes to the social housing regulatory regime and changes to government policy

in relation to social housing and housing beneﬁt.

4.

Non-payment of voids cover by care providers

5.

Property valuations may be subject to change over time

6.

Risk of poor or inadequate housing management (including compliance) or poor provision of

care services by the Group’s Approved Providers lessees and care providers respectively.

7.

Higher than projected levels of inﬂation may impact Approved Providers’ ability to pay rent

due under the Group’s leases.

8.

The potential impact of climate change on the valuation of the Group’s properties

9.

Unable to operate within debt covenants

10.

Reliance on the Investment Manager

/

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

The table below sets out what we the Company believes to be the principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group.

As noted above the table has been updated to reﬂect changes to the Company’s Investment Policy and Investment

Restrictions and any risks emerging as a result of the events and trends of 2022. The table does not cover all of the

risks that the Group may face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to management or deemed to

be less material at the date of this report may also have an adverse effect on the Group.

In the 2021 Annual Report two emerging risks were reported: “change in social housing legislation” and the

“Ukraine-Russia conﬂict”. The risk of “change in social housing legislation” has been incorporated into the risk of

“changes to the social housing regulatory regime and changes to government policy in relation to social housing and

housing beneﬁt” in the table below. The Group has no direct exposure to Russia or Eastern European territories and

so the principle impact of the Ukraine-Russia conﬂict has been regarding inﬂation. As such we consider this risk to

be covered in the “higher than projected levels of inﬂation may impact Approved Providers’ ability to pay rent due

under the Group’s leases” risk detailed in the table below.

1. RISK CATEGORY – PROPERTY

DEFAULT OF ONE OR MORE APPROVED PROVIDER LESSEES

RISK IMPACT

RISK MITIGATION

POTENTIAL IMPACT

The default of one or more of the Group’s lessees could

impact the rental income received from the relevant assets.

If the lessee cannot remedy the default, the Group may

have to terminate, re-assign or re-negotiate the relevant

lease. This could lead to a sustained reduction in rental

income.

Additionally, were a care provider not to renew the service

level agreement with a lessee, this may result in a lessee

having to cover rental payment on void units without

receiving the corresponding housing beneﬁt payment from

the care provider.

Under the terms of the Company’s investment policy and

restrictions, no more than 30% of the Group’s Gross Asset

Value may be exposed to one lessee. This restriction is in

place to mitigate against the risk of signiﬁcant rent loss in

the event of an Approved Provider default.

Were a lessee to default or were the Group to believe it

likely that a lessee would default, the Group could look

to move the affected properties to another Approved

Provider with whom the Group has a good relationship.

The intention would be to ensure both the ongoing

provision of housing to the residents, and, as much as

possible, the preservation of the income stream associated

with the relevant properties.

Moderate

LIKELIHOOD

Moderate to High

CHANGE IN YEAR

Increased

67

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

2. RISK CATEGORY – REGULATORY

RISK OF AN APPROVED PROVIDER BEING DEEMED NON-COMPLIANT WITH THE GOVERNANCE AND VIABILITY STANDARD BY THE

REGULATOR

RISK IMPACT

RISK MITIGATION

POTENTIAL IMPACT

Should an Approved Provider with which the Group has

one or more leases in place be deemed non-compliant

by the Regulator, in particular in relation to viability,

depending on the further actions of the Regulator, it is

possible that there may be a negative impact on the

market value of the relevant properties which are the

subject of such lease(s). Depending on the exposure of the

Group to such Approved Provider, this in turn may have

a material adverse effect on the Group’s Net Asset Value

unless the matter is resolved through an improvement in

the relevant Approved Provider’s rating or the transfer of

leases to an alternative Approved Provider.

The Investment Manager has established relationships with

the Approved Providers with whom it works. The Approved

Providers keep the Investment Manager informed of

developments surrounding regulatory notices.

As at 31 December 2022, the Group has assembled a

diversiﬁed portfolio with leases to 27 Approved Providers.

The Group has leases in place with 10 Registered Providers

that have been deemed non-compliant by the Regulator.

Where Registered Providers have been deemed non-

compliant the Group has looked to work with them in order

to help address the issues identiﬁed by the Regulator. The

Group’s commitment to this approach can be seen through

the Group’s proposed new lease clause described in

both the Chair’s Statement and the Investment Manager’s

Report.

In all but two cases there has been no subsequent

reduction in value in the properties we lease to the

Registered Providers that have been deemed non-

compliant by the Regulator.

Moderate

LIKELIHOOD

Moderate to High

CHANGE IN YEAR

Increased

3. RISK CATEGORY – REGULATORY

RISK OF CHANGES TO THE SOCIAL HOUSING REGULATORY REGIME AND CHANGES TO GOVERNMENT POLICY IN RELATION TO SOCIAL

HOUSING AND HOUSING BENEFIT.

THE PREVIOUSLY NOTED EMERGING RISK CONCERNING CHANGES IN SOCIAL HOUSING LEGISLATION HAS NOW BEEN INCORPORATED

INTO THIS RISK.

RISK IMPACT

RISK MITIGATION

POTENTIAL IMPACT

The Social Housing Regulation Bill is in the process of

being passed by the UK government which is reﬂective of

the government’s ability, and desire, to change and update

regulation and policy relating to social housing.

In addition future governments may take a different

approach to the social housing regulatory regime, resulting

in signiﬁcant changes to the law and other regulation or

practices of the Government with regard to social housing.

It is important that the Group works with the Group’s

Approved Provider lessees to help en-sure that they

respond proactively to any changes in regulation or policy

and the Group under-stands what, if any, impact it will have

on their organisation and the properties that the Group

leases to them.

As demand for social housing remains high relative to sup-

ply, the Board and the Investment Manager are conﬁdent

there will continue to be a viable market within which to

operate and a need for private in-vestment to deliver more

homes

In addition, the social housing regulatory regime in which

most of the Group’s lessees operate provides a high

degree of accountability and transparency.

High

LIKELIHOOD

Low to Moderate

CHANGE IN YEAR

Stable

68

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

6. RISK CATEGORY – PROPERTY (NEW)

RISK OF POOR OR INADEQUATE HOUSING MANAGEMENT (INCLUDING COMPLIANCE) OR POOR PROVISION OF CARE SERVICES BY THE

GROUP’S APPROVED PROVIDERS LESSEES AND CARE PROVIDERS RESPECTIVELY.

RISK IMPACT

RISK MITIGATION

POTENTIAL IMPACT

Approved Providers and care providers face a number

of operational challenges (e.g. rising costs and labour

shortages) which have heightened the risk of poor or

inadequate housing management or poor care being

provided in relation to the Group’s properties.

Poor services being provided to the individuals in the

Group’s properties could undermine the beneﬁts of

Specialised Supported Housing and cause reputational

damage to the Group which could negatively impact the

Group’s performance and/or the price of the Company’s

shares.

The Investment Manager undertakes strategic property

inspections in order to review the physical condition of the

Group’s properties as well as the quality of services being

provided to the Group’s residents. In addition, there is

frequent engagement with the Group’s Approved Providers

and care providers as well as quarterly operational and

compliance surveys which provide data on the performance

of the Group’s properties.

Moderate

LIKELIHOOD

Moderate

CHANGE IN YEAR

New

4. RISK CATEGORY – FINANCIAL RISK

NON-PAYMENT OF VOIDS COVER BY CARE PROVIDERS

RISK IMPACT

RISK MITIGATION

POTENTIAL IMPACT

If a care provider gets into ﬁnancial difﬁculty and is unable

to pay contracted voids cover to an Approved Provider, this

could have a negative impact on the ﬁnancial performance

of the Approved Provider which ultimately could impact its

ability to pay the Group its rent. This risk is compounded if

there is low occupancy in a property.

The Investment Manager closely monitors the performance

of the care providers to ensure, so far as reasonably

possible, that they are ﬁnancially viable and performing

well. Should a care provider get into ﬁnancial difﬁculty, the

Group works with a wide range of alternative care providers

who could step in to provide care services and therefore

cover the voids payment.

Occupancy is also closely monitored and the Investment

Manager works with Approved Providers and care

providers to optimise occupancy.

Moderate

LIKELIHOOD

Moderate

CHANGE IN YEAR

Stable

5. RISK CATEGORY – FINANCIAL

PROPERTY VALUATIONS MAY BE SUBJECT TO CHANGE OVER TIME

RISK IMPACT

RISK MITIGATION

POTENTIAL IMPACT

Property valuations are inherently subjective and uncertain.

Market conditions, which may impact the creditworthiness

of lessees, may adversely affect valuations. This is

particularly relevant at the moment given rising interest

rates and the resultant negative impact on property

valuations.

The portfolio is valued on a Market Value basis, which

takes into account the expected rental income to be

received under the leases in the future. This valuation

methodology provides a signiﬁcantly higher valuation than

the Vacant Possession value of a property. In the event of

an unremedied default of an Approved Provider lessee,

the value of those assets in the portfolio may be negatively

affected.

Any changes could affect the Group’s net as-set value and

the share price of the Group.

All of the Group’s property assets are independently valued

quarterly by Jones Lang LaSalle, a specialist property

valuation ﬁrm, who are provided with regular updates

on portfolio activity by the Investment Manager. The

Investment Manager meets with the external valuers to

discuss the basis of their valuations and their quality control

processes. Default risk of lessees is mitigated in accordance

with the lessee default principal risk explanation provided

above. In order to protect against loss in value, the

Investment Manager’s property management team seeks

routinely to visit each property in the portfolio, and works

closely with the Group’s lessees to ensure, to the extent

reasonably possible, their ongoing ﬁnancial strength

viability, and that governance procedures remain robust

through the duration of the relevant lease.

Moderate

LIKELIHOOD

Moderate

CHANGE IN YEAR

Stable

69

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

9. RISK CATEGORY – FINANCIAL

UNABLE TO OPERATE WITHIN DEBT COVENANTS

RISK IMPACT

RISK MITIGATION

POTENTIAL IMPACT

The borrowings the Group currently has and which the

Group uses in the future may contain loan to value and

interest covenants ratios. If property valuations and rental

income signiﬁcantly decrease, such covenants could be

breached. The impact of such an event could include

(among other things): an increase in borrowing costs; a

requirement for additional cash or property collateral;

payment of a fee to the lender; a sale of an asset or assets,

or a forfeit of an asset or any assets to a lender.

Any of the above could result in a material decrease to the

Group’s Net Asset Value.

The Investment Manager monitors loan to value and

interest covenants ratios on an ongoing basis. In the

unlikely event that an event of default occurs under these

covenants the Group has a remedy period during which it

can potentially cure the covenant breach by either injecting

cash collateral or unencumbered property assets in order

to restore covenant compliance.

During the year to 31 December 2022, no debt covenants

have been breached.

High

LIKELIHOOD

Low

CHANGE IN YEAR

Stable

8. RISK CATEGORY – CLIMATE RISK (NEW)

THE POTENTIAL IMPACT OF CLIMATE CHANGE ON THE VALUATION OF THE GROUP’S PROPERTIES

RISK IMPACT

RISK MITIGATION

POTENTIAL IMPACT

Changing weather patterns under

projected climate change scenarios could

physically damage the Group’s properties

and reduce their value. New minimum

efﬁciency standards could require retroﬁt-

ting of efﬁciency measures, or result in a

reduction in valuations. The impact of the

most prominent climate-related risks to the

portfolio is assessed in detail in the Group’s

TCFD reporting on page 54.

The Investment Manager’s sustainability team has been working with the

housing team to assess the risk that climate change poses to the Group’s

properties. The key transition risks to the portfolio have been identiﬁed

and qualitatively assessed. Physical risks to the portfolio have been

assessed using a new piece of analytical software and the outputs of this

analysis are demonstrated in the Group’s TCFD reporting on page 54. The

Investment Manager will work to ensure protections are put in place for

any properties that are deemed to be at high risk to the negative impact

of climate change. The Group believes that the Group’s reporting on

climate change is ahead of regulatory requirements.

Moderate

LIKELIHOOD

Low to Moderate

CHANGE IN YEAR

New

7. RISK CATEGORY – FINANCIAL RISK

HIGHER THAN PROJECTED LEVELS OF INFLATION MAY IMPACT APPROVED PROVIDERS’ ABILITY TO PAY RENT DUE UNDER THE

GROUP’S LEASES.

RISK IMPACT

RISK MITIGATION

POTENTIAL IMPACT

The Group’s leases contain upward only

rent reviews, generally linked to inﬂation

(typically CPI), with the majority being

uncapped.

Annual rental uplifts have been, and will

continue to be, higher than projected as

a result of increased inﬂation in 2022 and

2023.

Whilst the social housing rent increase cap of 7% will not apply to

Specialised Supported Housing, the Group has decided to apply a

temporary 7% cap to the rent increases it agrees with its Registered

Provider lessees for the calendar year 2023.

This should help to ensure that the Group’s lessees are able to agree rent

increases with Local Authorities, in relation to the Group’s residents, that

are in-line with the rent increases in the Group’s leases.

Moderate

LIKELIHOOD

Moderate

CHANGE IN YEAR

Increased

70

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

10. RISK CATEGORY – CORPORATE

RELIANCE ON THE INVESTMENT MANAGER

RISK IMPACT

RISK MITIGATION

POTENTIAL IMPACT

The Company continues to rely on the Investment

Manager’s services and its reputation in the social housing

market. As a result, the Group’s performance will, to a

large extent, depend on the Investment Manager’s asset

management abilities in the property market. Termination

of the Investment Management Agreement would severely

affect the Investment Manager’s ability to effectively

manage the Group’s operations and may have a negative

impact on the Group’s performance and/or the price of the

Company’s shares.

Unless there is a default, either party may terminate the

Investment Management Agreement by giving not less

than 12 months’ written notice. The Board regularly reviews

and monitors the Investment Manager’s performance. In

addition, the Board meets regularly with the Investment

Manager to ensure that the Company and the Investment

Manager maintain a positive working relationship.

High

LIKELIHOOD

Low

CHANGE IN YEAR

Stable

71

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

Going Concern

and Viability

/

GOING CONCERN

The Strategic Report and ﬁnancial statements have set

out the current ﬁnancial position of the Group and Parent

Company. The Board has regularly reviewed the position

of the Company and its ability to continue as a going

concern in Board meetings throughout the year. The

Group has targeted high-quality properties in line with

yield expectations and will continue to analyse investment

opportunities to ensure that they are the right ﬁt for the

Group.

The Group beneﬁts from a secure income stream from

long leases which are not overly reliant on any one

tenant and present a well-diversiﬁed risk. The Directors

have reviewed the Group’s forecast which shows the

expected annualised rental income exceeds the expected

operating costs of the Group. 91.8% of rental income

due and payable for the period ended 31 December

2022 has been collected, rent arrears are predominantly

attributable to two Approved Providers, My Space

Housing Solutions and Parasol Homes.

The Directors believe that the Group is still well placed to

manage its ﬁnancing and other business risks and that the

Group will remain viable, continuing to operate and meet

its liabilities as they fall due. During the year, Fitch Ratings

Limited assigned the Company an investment Long-Term

Issuer Default Rating of ‘A-’ with a stable outlook.

The Directors have performed an assessment of the ability

of the Group to continue as a going concern, for a period

of at least 12 months from the date of signing these

ﬁnancial statements. The Directors have considered the

expected obligations of the Group for the next 12 months

and are conﬁdent that all will be met.

The Directors have also considered the ﬁnancing provided

to the Group. Norland Estates Limited and TP REIT

Propco 2 Limited have bank facilities with MetLife and

Metlife and Barings respectively. TP REIT Propco 5 Ltd’s

Revolving Credit Facility (RCF) with Lloyds and Natwest

cancelled in December 2022. Prior to cancellation the

facility was undrawn.

The loans secured by Norland Estates Limited and TP

REIT Propco 2 Limited are subject to asset cover ratio

covenants and interest cover ratio covenants which can

be found in the table below. The Directors have also

considered reverse stress testing and the circumstances

that would lead to a covenant breach. Given the level of

headroom, the Directors are of the view that the risk of

scenarios materialising that would lead to a breach of the

covenants is remote.

NORLAND ESTATES

LIMITED

TP REIT PROPCO 2

LIMITED

Asset Cover (ACR)

Asset Cover Ratio Covenant

x2.00

x1.67

Asset Cover Ratio 31 December

2022

x2.77

x2.10

Blended Net initial yield

5.55%

5.34%

Headroom (yield movement)

196bps

130bps

Interest Cover (ICR)

Interest Cover Ratio Covenant

1.75x

1.75x

Interest Cover Ratio 31

December 2022

5.02x

4.41x

Headroom (rental income

movement)

65%

60%

72

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

![ ]()

The loan secured by Norland Estates Limited asset cover

ratio was amended from previous covenant of x2.25 in

August 2021 to bring more in line with the ACR covenant

in the new Note Purchase Agreement with MetLife and

Barings.

Under the downside model the forecasts have been

stressed to show the effect of some Care Providers

ceasing to pay their voids liability, and as a result this

causes Approved Providers to default under some

of

the Group leases. Under the downside model the

Group will be able to settle its liabilities for a period of at

least 12 months from the date of signing these ﬁnancial

statements. As a result of the above, the Directors are of

the opinion that the going concern basis adopted in the

preparation of the ﬁnancial statements is appropriate.

The Group has no short or medium term reﬁnancing risk

given the 10.6 year average maturity of its long term

debt facilities with MetLife and Barings, the ﬁrst of which

expires in June 2028, and which are fully ﬁxed at an all-in

weighted average rate of 2.74%.

Based on the forecasts prepared and the intentions of

the parent company, the Directors consider that the

Group will be able to settle its liabilities for a period of at

least 12 months from the date of signing these ﬁnancial

statements and therefore has prepared these ﬁnancial

statements on the going concern basis.

/

VIABILITY STATEMENT

In accordance with Principle 21 of the AIC Code, the

Board has assessed the prospects of the Group over a

period longer than 12 months required by the relevant

’Going Concern’ provisions. The Board has considered

the nature of the Group’s assets and liabilities, and

associated cash ﬂows, and has determined that ﬁve years,

up to 31 December 2027, is the maximum timescale over

which the performance of the Group can be forecast

with a material degree of accuracy and therefore is the

appropriate period over which to consider the viability.

In determining this timescale the Board has considered

the following:

•

That the business model of the Group assumes the

future growth in its investment portfolio through the

acquisition of Supported Housing assets which are

intended to be held for the duration of the viability

period.

•

The length of the service level agreements between

Approved Providers and care providers.

•

The future growth of its investment portfolio of

properties is achieved through long-term, inﬂation

linked, fully repairing and insuring leases

•

The Group’s property portfolio has a WAULT of 25.3

years to expiry, representing a secure income stream

for the period under consideration

•

The Group’s Loan Notes have a weighted average

term of 10.6 years

73

2022 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

In assessing the Company’s viability, the Board has

carried out a robust assessment of the emerging risks

and principal risks facing the Group, including those that

would threaten its business model, future performance,

solvency, liquidity and dividend cover for a ﬁve-year

period.

The Directors’ assessment has been made with reference

to the principal risks and uncertainties and emerging

risks summarised on pages 66 to 71 and how they could

impact the prospects of the Group and Company both

individually and in aggregate. The following risks in

particular have been addressed in the assessment:

1.

Default of one or more Approved Provider lessees

(taking into account that two of the Group’s lessees

have built up arrears during 2022)

2.

Risk of changes to the social housing regulatory

regime

3.

Non-payment of voids cover by care providers

The business model was subject to a sensitivity analysis,

which involved ﬂexing a number of key assumptions

underlying the forecasts. The sensitivities performed were

designed to provide the Directors with an understanding

of the Group’s performance in the event of a severe

but plausible downturn scenario, taking full account of

mitigating actions that could be taken to avoid or reduce

the impact or occurrence of the underlying risks outlined

below:

•

Rental income:

It is assumed that some care

providers do not meet their void payment obligations

and this causes Approved Providers to default under

7% of the Group’s leases.

•

Property valuations:

It is assumed that where there

are void units Approved Providers will default on

their leases, resulting in those units being valued

signiﬁcantly below their vacant possession value. We

believe this represents a severe reduction in value.

•

Inﬂation:

No inﬂation uplift on rental income but

costs and dividends increase in line with inﬂation.

The outcome in the downturn scenario on the Group’s

covenant testing is that there are no breaches and the

Group can maintain a covenant headroom on existing

facilities.

In the downturn scenario mitigating actions to reduce

variable costs such as marketing, PR and any other non-

critical spend would be required to enable the Group to

meet its future liabilities.

The remaining principal risks and uncertainties, whilst

having an impact on the Group’s business, are not

considered by the Directors to have a reasonable

likelihood of impacting the Group’s viability over the

ﬁve-year period.

Based on the results of this analysis, the Directors have a

reasonable expectation that the Group and Company will

be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as

they fall due for the next ﬁve years.

74

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

BOARD APPROVAL OF THE STRATEGIC REPORT

The Strategic Report has been approved by the Board of Directors and signed on its behalf by:

Chris Phillips

Chair

2 March 2023

75

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

2022 Annual Report

![ ]()

![ ]()

Governance

![ ]()

CHRIS PHILLIPS, Chair

Chair’s Letter

/

DEAR SHAREHOLDER,

I am pleased to introduce the Corporate Governance

Report for the year ended 31 December 2022. The Board

recognises that a strong governance framework underpins

our purpose and strategy.

As set out in the Investment Manager’s Report on pages

32 to 44, new and unforeseen challenges have pervaded

2022. Against a backdrop of inﬂation, rising interest rates,

Russia’s attack on Ukraine and the resultant impact on

energy and food markets, and a tumultuous year for UK

politics, the Board has continued to oversee the Group’s

provision of sustainable, high-quality homes for vulnerable

people throughout the UK. Alongside this key ambition,

we have also worked with the Investment Manager

and our key stakeholders, to look for ways to close the

discount to net asset value that the Company has been

trading at during the period.

/

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT

The Board’s engagement with the Group’s key

stakeholders has been of primary focus during the

period. This has been particularly prevalent, given the

recent regulatory judgements issued by the Regulator

in relation to two of the Group’s Approved Providers. At

our quarterly Board meetings, the Investment Manager

has updated us on its relationship with the Approved

Providers and ensures us that it maintains regular dialogue

to encourage Approved Providers to continually improve

their operations.

Our investors are also of vital consideration for the Board’s

decisions. We have endeavoured to keep shareholders

abreast of any events impacting the Group and we have

been able to demonstrate the robustness of our business

model against a high inﬂationary environment, by

increasing our dividend target by 5.0% in respect of the

ﬁnancial year ended 31 December 2022.

The views of our stakeholders are of critical importance to

the Board’s decision-making process, and a full overview

of our engagement with all stakeholders is set out in more

detail on pages 62 to 65. We will continue to engage

openly with all our stakeholders to understand their views

on governance and performance.

/

BOARD AGENDA IN 2022

The Board has focussed on a broad range of matters

during 2022 and have continued to seek ways to

strengthen the performance of our existing portfolio.

We were pleased to note that, at the Company’s Annual

General Meeting on 27 May 2022, shareholders voted in

favour of the proposed amendments to the Investment

Policy, following consultation with a number of our

investors. In summary, these amendments removed the

Group’s minimum lease term restriction; allowed the

Group to selectively take on the cost of funding planned

maintenance; and provided the Group with the ability

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

78

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

to enter into leases which are subject to upward only

adjustments, tracking either inﬂation or central housing

beneﬁt policy. These amendments have ensured that the

Group retains the requisite ﬂexibility to continue to be

at the forefront of this evolving Specialised Supported

Housing sector and allows our Approved Providers to

accommodate observations made by the Regulator, and

thereby remain an attractive partner to the Group.

In addition, despite the Government excluding the

Specialised Supported Housing sector from the 7% cap

on social housing rent increases, the Board made the

decision to temporarily cap the Group’s rent increases at

7% for 2023.

The Board considers that commitment to continuous

improvement is an essential factor in an effective and

sustainable governance structure. To that end, the

Board requested an interim review of its progress in

implementing the recommendations that arose from

our external Board evaluation. The review conﬁrmed

that we have made good progress in implementing the

review recommendations and enhancing governance

oversight, and no further issues had arisen in the period

that required additional attention. One area identiﬁed

that still required further progress was in relation to the

Board’s succession planning. I am happy to conﬁrm

that advancement has been made in this regard and

I am grateful to Ian Reeves for leading the succession

process as Chair of the Nomination Committee. We look

forward to updating shareholders on the outcome of the

recruitment process as soon as practicable.

Further detail on the appointment process is included in

Ian Reeves’ Nomination Committee report on pages 94 to

96.

/

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

We are planning to hold our Annual General Meeting

(“AGM”) on 23 May 2023, and I look forward to the

opportunity this provides to meet with shareholders in

person. The detailed arrangements will be communicated

in our Notice of AGM published in March 2023.

/

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT

Throughout the year to 31 December 2022, the Board has

considered the Principles and Provisions of the AIC Code

of Corporate Governance (AIC Code). The AIC Code

addresses the Principles and Provisions set out in the

UK Corporate Governance Code (the UK Code), as well

as setting out additional Provisions on issues that are of

speciﬁc relevance to Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc.

The Board considers that reporting against the Principles

and Provisions of the AIC Code, which has been endorsed

by the Financial Reporting Council, provides more

relevant information to shareholders.

The Company has complied with the Principles and

Provisions of the AIC Code. The AIC Code is available on

the AIC website (www.theaic.co.uk).

/

LOOKING AHEAD TO 2023

The Board remains focused on developing our high

standards of governance, to support the strategic

direction of the Group and deliver sustainable long-term

value for shareholders and all stakeholders. In this section

of the Annual Report, we report on our compliance with

the principles of corporate governance and highlight the

key governance events which have taken place in the year.

Chris Phillips

Chair

2 March 2023

2023 Annual Report

79

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

Left to right: Paul Oliver, Peter Coward, Tracey Fletcher-Ray, Chris Phillips and Ian Reeves CBE

Board of Directors

CHAIR

CHRIS PHILLIPS (72)

Appointed

17 July 2017

Committee memberships

Management Engagement Committee

Nomination Committee

Skills and experience

Chris has extensive experience of real estate and listed companies. He was Managing Director of PB Securities, the

UK subsidiary of Prudential Bache, for three years, before joining Lombard Odier as the Managing Director of its

London broking business. He then joined Colliers International and after heading its residential consultancy business,

became the ﬁrst Managing Director of Colliers Capital UK Limited (Colliers commercial real estate property fund).

Having served on the Board of Places for People for 14 years, 10 of them as Chair, Chris stood down from the role in

January 2021.

Principal external appointments

London & Newcastle 2010 Holdings Limited (Chair)

Shetland Space Centre (Director)

Nova Innovations Ltd (Chair)

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

80

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

CHANGES TO BOARD COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP

•

As announced on 24 March 2022, Tracey Fletcher-Ray replaced Chris Phillips as Chair of the

Management Engagement Committee with effect from 24 March 2022. Chris Phillips will remain a

member of the Management Engagement Committee.

SENIOR INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

IAN REEVES CBE (78)

Appointed

17 July 2017

Committee memberships

Audit Committee

Management Engagement Committee

Nomination Committee (Chair)

Skills and experience

Ian is co-founder and CEO of Synaps International Limited. He is visiting Professor of Infrastructure Investment

and Construction at The Alliance Manchester Business School, Chair of The Estates and Infrastructure Exchange

(EIX) and a Director of Xinous Inc.

He was appointed as a Non-executive Director and Chair of Geiger Counter

Limited on 13 December 2021 and 9 March 2022 respectively.

Ian was founder and Chair of High-Point Rendel Group, a pioneering management and engineering consultancy

company with a global network of ofﬁces. He has been president and CEO of Cleveland Bridge, Chairman of

McGee Group, Chairman of Constructing Excellence and Chair of the London regional council of the CBI.

Ian was awarded his CBE in 2003 for services to business and charity.

Principal external appointments

Synaps International Limited (co-founder and CEO)

The Estates and Infrastructure Exchange (Chair)

Geiger Counter Limited (Chair)

Xinous Inc (Director)

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

PETER COWARD (66)

Appointed

17 July 2017

Committee memberships

Audit Committee (Chair)

Management Engagement Committee

Nomination Committee

Skills and experience

Peter is a chartered accountant with international commercial and corporate ﬁnance experience. He has over

25 years’ experience as a Senior Tax Partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers specialising in property, and has

worked with a wide range of ﬁrms to develop a knowledge and understanding of tax regimes worldwide and of

organisational and project structuring to optimise the tax position.

Principal external appointments

Bradda Capital Ltd (Director)

ChanceryGate Limited (Director)

Matfen Hall Ltd (Director)

The Heat Vault Company Ltd (Director)

True Potential Group Limited (Director)

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

PAUL OLIVER (67)

Appointed

17 July 2017

Committee memberships

Audit Committee

Management Engagement Committee

Nomination Committee

Skills and experience

Paul has over 40 years’ experience in real estate development and investment management in both the UK

and Europe. He has led commercial real estate development teams and has been at the forefront of the

establishment of property funds since 1988. In 2002 he launched Teesland PLC on the LSE building funds under

management to €6.5 billion before sale to Valad in June 2007. Paul founded Curlew Capital in 2010 to pursue

‘Operational’ real estate markets focussing on ‘Beds’ – 2 funds in UK PBSA and a portfolio for Young Urban

residents in the Netherlands.

Principal external appointments

Curlew Capital Ltd (CEO)

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

TRACEY FLETCHER-RAY (58)

Appointed

1 November 2018

Committee memberships

Audit Committee (appointed 24 January 2019)

Management Engagement Committee (Chair) (appointed as a member on 24 January 2019 and as Chair on

24 March 2022)

Skills and experience

Tracey has considerable expertise as an executive and non-executive director in the care and support sectors.

Tracey previously was a non-executive director to L&Q Group, one of the UK's largest Housing Associations and

developers, and was Managing Director of Caring Homes, a leading provider of care homes for the elderly. She

is currently CEO of Witherslack Group, a leading provider of specialist education and care for young people

with special educational needs.

She spent nearly two years as Managing Director at Berendsen PLC developing the company's healthcare

business, strategy and growth and eight years at Bupa UK, holding Managing Director roles in the Care Home

business which involved contracting with and providing services on behalf of local authorities and the NHS, and

Bupa Health Clinics.

Principal external appointments

Witherslack Group (CEO)

2023 Annual Report

81

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

Corporate Governance

/

GOVERNANCE FRAMEWORK

Our Governance Framework demonstrates how we operate, representing the key governance arrangements through

which the Board and its Committees can implement the highest standards of challenge and oversight. It is not an

exhaustive list of every organisation or service provider that the Group has engaged with on governance matters.

THE BOARD

The Board is collectively responsible for promoting the long-term sustainable success of the Group and generating value for

shareholders, whilst also remaining cognisant of its duties to its other stakeholders and its contribution to wider society. It does this

by providing effective oversight over the management and conduct of the Group’s business, strategy and development. The Board

determines the Company’s Investment Objective and Investment Policy, and reviews investment activity and performance.

The Board maintains effective oversight of the Investment Manager and compliance with the principles and provisions of the

AIC Code. The Board ensures the maintenance of a sound system of internal controls and risk management (including ﬁnancial,

operational and compliance controls) and reviews the overall effectiveness of systems in place. Further, the Board is responsible for

approval of any changes to the capital, corporate and/or management structure of the Group.

The Board delegates day-to-day management of the business to the Investment Manager, save for such matters reserved for the

Board’s approval. To assist in carrying out its responsibilities, the Board has established three Committees. The Terms of Reference

for each of the Board’s Committee are available to view on the Company’s website https://www.triplepointreit.com/corporate-

governance/131/.

ALTERNATIVE INVESTMENT

FUND MANAGER

Triple Point Investment Management LLP is the Company’s

AIFM, and as such is responsible for portfolio management

and risk management of the Group pursuant to AIFMD.

The Investment Manager also provides certain property

management services to the Group, including the

preparation of budgets for the properties and co-ordinating

with third parties providing services to the Group. Further

information on the AIFM arrangements can be found on

pages 92 to 93.

COMPANY

SECRETARIAT

Ensures that Board procedures are complied with, advises

the Board on all governance matters, and supports the Chair,

the Board and its Committees to function effectively.

AUDIT

COMMITTEE

Assists the Board with reviewing

the effectiveness of the Group’s

ﬁnancial reporting, maintaining an

appropriate relationship with the

Group’s auditor and monitoring the

internal control systems. See pages

88 to 91 for more detail.

MANAGEMENT

ENGAGEMENT

COMMITTEE

Assists the Board with reviewing

the contractual relationships of the

Investment Manager and third-party

service providers, and holding their

performance to account. See pages

92 to 93 for more detail.

NOMINATION

COMMITTEE

Assists the Board by leading the

recruitment process for candidates

for the Board, ensuring plans are

in place for orderly succession

to the board and overseeing the

development of a diverse pipeline.

See pages 94 to 96 for more detail.

SHAREHOLDERS

82

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

83

2023 Annual Report

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

/

KEY MATTERS RESERVED FOR THE BOARD

Board membership and powers including the

appointment and removal of Board members.

Establishing the overall control framework, Stock

Exchange related matters, including the approval

of communications to the Stock Exchange, and

communications with shareholders, other than

announcements of a routine nature.

Key commercial matters, including review of all

investments and divestments, and any signiﬁcant

changes in lease terms.

The appointment, termination, and regular

assessment of the performance of the principal

advisers, including the AIFM, the Investment

Manager, Tax Advisers, Legal Advisers, Financial

Adviser, Administrator and Company Secretary,

Broker, Registrar, PR Adviser and Auditor.

The approval of the budget and ﬁnancial models.

The approval of annual and half yearly

ﬁnancial reports, to 31 December and 30 June

respectively, dividends, accounting policies and

signiﬁcant changes in accounting practices.

The approval of the net asset value calculation

prepared by the Administrator on a quarterly

basis at 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31

December each year.

The review of the adequacy of corporate

governance procedures.

The review of signiﬁcant estimates and

judgements of the Group.

The review of the risk inventory and the

effectiveness of internal controls.

Approval of changes to the Group’s capital

structure, dividend policy, treasury policy,

borrowing facilities and any banking relationships,

hedging strategy, cash management, the Group’s

business strategy, acquisitions and disposals and

capital expenditure.

Approval of any related party transactions subject

to further regulatory requirement.

Oversight of the Group’s operations ensuring

compliance with statutory and regulatory

obligations.

![ ]()

Corporate Governance

/

BOARD MEMBERSHIP AND

MEETING ATTENDANCE

Individual Directors’ attendance during the year to

31 December 2022 is set out below:

DIRECTOR

BOARD MEETINGS

ATTENDED /

REQUIRING

ATTENDANCE

GENERAL

MEETINGS

ATTENDED /

REQUIRING

ATTENDANCE

Chris Phillips (Chair)

8/8

1/1

Ian Reeves CBE

7/8

0/1

Peter Coward

6/8

1/1

Paul Oliver

8/8

1/1

Tracey Fletcher-Ray

8/8

1/1

/ COMPOSITION

The Group has a non-executive Chair and four other

non-executive Directors, including a Senior Independent

Director, all of whom are considered independent

on and since their appointment. All Directors are

independent of the Investment Manager.

Chris Phillips is the Chair of the Board. The Chair leads

the Board and is responsible for the Board’s overall

effectiveness in directing the Group. The Chair, in

conjunction with the Company Secretary, ensures that

accurate, timely and clear information is circulated to

the Directors, and sufﬁcient time is given in meetings to

review all agenda items thoroughly in preparation for and

during Board meetings, following up any issues arising in

the Board meetings effectively. He promotes a culture of

openness and constructive debate to ensure the effective

contribution of all Directors, facilitating a co-operative

environment between the Investment Manager and the

Directors, and encourages Directors to critically examine

information and reports to constructively challenge

the Investment Manager and hold third party service

providers to account where appropriate.

The Chair has put mechanisms in place to facilitate

effective communication between shareholders and the

Board, to ensure that their views, issues and concerns

are considered as part of the decision-making process.

Ian Reeves is the Senior Independent Director and, if

required, will act as a sounding board and intermediary

for the other Directors and shareholders. In addition

to the Chair, Ian Reeves engages with shareholders or

Directors if they have any issues or concerns, or if there

are any unresolved matters that shareholders or other

Directors believe should be brought to his attention.

The Directors hold or have held senior positions in

industry and commerce and contribute a wide range of

skills, experience and objective perspective to the Board.

The Board committees allow the Directors to focus in

greater detail and depth on key matters such as strategy,

governance, internal controls and risk management.

/

TIME COMMITMENT

Non-executive Directors are expected to devote sufﬁcient

time to carry out their duties effectively. The expectation

regarding time commitment is set out in the Directors’

letters of appointment. Directors are required to disclose

the potential external role and ensure it is approved by the

Board prior to the acceptance of any such appointment.

During the year, the Board was satisﬁed that all Directors

were and remain able to commit sufﬁcient time to

discharge their responsibilities effectively having given due

consideration to their other signiﬁcant commitments.

During the year, Tracey Fletcher-Ray was appointed as

Chief Executive Ofﬁcer of Witherslack Group. The Board,

taking into consideration the expected time commitment

of the role, approved the external appointment.

There were no external appointments accepted during

the year which were considered to be signiﬁcant for the

relevant directors, taking into account the expected time

commitment and nature of these roles.

The Directors’ other principal commitments are listed on

pages 80 to 81.

/

BOARD COMMITTEES

The Board has established a management engagement

committee, an audit committee and a nomination

committee. Given that the Company has no executive

Directors or other employees, the Board does not

consider it necessary to establish a separate remuneration

committee. The functions and activities of each of the

committees are described in their respective reports.

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

84

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

BOARD MEETINGS

The Board meets formally at least on a quarterly basis

with additional meetings as they may decide are

required from time to time. During 2022, the Board held

four scheduled meetings and four extra Board meetings

including one strategy meeting attended by those

Directors available at the time, to deal with transactional

and speciﬁc events such as property management

strategies and review of the Group’s Investment Policy.

The Chair sets the agenda for the meetings and ensures,

in conjunction with the Company Secretary, prior to each

meeting that the Directors receive accurate, clear and

timely information to help them to discharge their duties.

For this purpose, the Board receives periodic reports

from the Investment Manager detailing the performance

of the Group. The meetings focus on a review of

portfolio performance and associated matters such

as pipeline, gearing, asset management, occupancy,

marketing/investor relations, peer group comparisons,

regulatory matters, environmental and social matters and

the impact of macro-economic issues.

/

KEY DECISIONS OF THE

BOARD 2022

During the year, the Board considered the following

matters:

•

the Group’s longer-term strategy;

•

proposed changes to, and analysis of, the Group’s

current and future lease terms;

•

proposed changes to the Company’s Investment

Policy;

•

the eventual cancellation of the undrawn £160

million Revolving Credit Facility (“RCF”), jointly

provided by Lloyds and NatWest, in December 2022

following an initial reduction agreed in February

2022;

•

amendments to the Investment Management

Agreement that ensured the right of ﬁrst refusal

applied to all Specialised Supported Housing assets

regardless of length of lease;

•

implementation of a temporary rent cap for the year

of 2023 in line with the Department for Levelling Up,

Housing and Communities (DLUHC) social housing

rent increase cap of 7%;

•

subject to shareholder consultation, a new lease

clause, that addresses the Regulator’s concerns

regarding the long-lease model and ensures that

where there are risks that are beyond the control of the

Group’s lessees, then, subject to a materiality threshold

being breached, the risks will sit with the Group;

•

an increase to the target aggregate dividend by 5%

for the year ended 31 December 2022;

•

the valuation methodology of the Group’s portfolio;

•

the risks and related mitigations of the Group’s lease

counterparties;

•

the standards of Registered Providers that had

received a non-compliant rating by the Regulator

and updates on regulatory developments within the

social housing sector;

•

the declaration of the Company’s interim dividends;

•

the Group’s due diligence process;

•

the risk proﬁle of the Group and its counterparties;

•

capital deployment, investment pipeline and review

of rejected deals;

•

the budget for general, administrative and

marketing expenses;

•

the Group’s compliance with the REIT regime;

•

the Group’s ﬁnancial public relations and

communication strategy;

•

the Group’s property insurance;

•

the key performance indicators by which the Group

measures success;

•

review of quarterly management accounts;

•

half yearly broker report regarding the Company’s

share price rating, performance and trading and

NAV performance;

•

analysis of the Company’s shareholder register;

•

considered a Dividend Re-Investment Scheme

(DRIP);

•

an interim review, to measure the Board’s progress

against recommendations arising from the last

external evaluation;

•

the recommendations of its Nomination Committee

with respect to Board diversity, succession planning

and the current balance of skills, experience and

knowledge;

•

a quarterly review of corporate governance

compliance, Group subsidiary activity and

depositary report; and

•

the Group’s social impact including environmental

and governance matters.

2023 Annual Report

85

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

PERFORMANCE EVALUATION

The Directors recognise that the evaluation process is

a signiﬁcant opportunity to review the practices and

performance of the Board, its Committees, and its

individual Directors and to implement actions to improve

the Board’s effectiveness and contribute to the Group’s

success.

The Board evaluation in respect of the year ended 31

December 2020 was undertaken by an independent

third-party evaluator, Satori Board Review (“Satori”).

This year, Satori revisited the Board to provide further

external validation of progress in making the changes

outlined and agreed by the Board. It was determined

that the Board had broadly implemented the

recommendations arising from the last external review

and the key focus moving forward was the establishment

of an orderly succession plan. The Board have made

good progress in this regard and further detail is set out

in the Nomination Committee report on pages 94 to 96.

A full performance evaluation of the Board, its

committees and the individual Directors will continue to

be conducted annually. The Chair will regularly consider

an externally facilitated Board evaluation.

In respect of the year ended 31 December 2022,

the Board conducted a performance evaluation by

completing a written questionnaire to appraise and

gather useful learnings on the functioning of the Board,

the Group’s committees and individual Directors.

The Chair, supported by the Company Secretary, acted

on the results of the evaluation. The results of the

questionnaire demonstrated that there is consensus that

the performance and functioning of the Board remains

effective.

There were however areas of improvement that were

identiﬁed. The key challenges and recommendations of

next steps are outlined below.

CHALLENGES

RECOMMENDATIONS OF

NEXT STEPS

Diversity

There has been signiﬁcant

emphasis placed upon gender

and ethnic diversity as a result of

the changes to the Listing Rules,

amongst other things. The Board

are encouraged to ensure that

diversity of all kinds, including

social diversity, is given due

consideration in the constitution

of the Board.

CHALLENGES

RECOMMENDATIONS OF

NEXT STEPS

Director Training

The Board is encouraged to

dedicate more time to enhance

professional development of the

Directors, to ensure continuous

improvement of knowledge and

skills. With a new Director due

to join the Board, the existing

Directors should be conscious

of ensuring that they receive a

comprehensive induction and are

integrated well within the Board.

Strategy

A core focus for the Board over

the coming year will be the

strategy for the Company moving

forward. The Board should ensure

that sufﬁcient time is given to

discussing this.

KPIs

The Board acknowledge that

the KPIs and performance

monitoring have improved during

the year however the process

is still evolving. It is therefore

recommended that the Board

continue to critically evaluate

the KPIs to ensure that they

support the strategy and allow

the Board to effectively assess

the performance of the Company

and portfolio.

/

CONFLICTS OF INTERESTS

The Group operates a conﬂicts of interest policy that has

been approved by the Board and sets out the approach

to be adopted and procedures to be followed where a

Director, or such other persons to whom the Board has

determined the policy applies, has an interest which

conﬂicts, or potentially may conﬂict, with the interests of

the Group. Under the policy and the Company’s Articles

of Association, the Board may authorise potential

matters of conﬂict that may arise, subject to imposing

limits or conditions when giving authorisation, if this is

appropriate.

The Group reserves the right to withhold information

relating, or relevant, to a conﬂict matter from the

Director concerned and/or to exclude the Director from

any Board information, discussions or decisions which

may or will relate to that matter of conﬂict or where

the Chair considers that it would be inappropriate for

such Director to take part in the discussion or decision

or to receive such information. Procedures have been

established to monitor actual and potential conﬂicts of

interest on a regular basis and the Board is satisﬁed that

these procedures are working effectively.

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

86

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

The Investment Manager maintain conﬂicts of interest

policies to avoid and manage any conﬂicts of interest

that may arise between themselves and the Group. The

Investment Manager has established a clear and robust

framework to ensure that any conﬂicts of interest are

appropriately governed that includes:

•

potential conﬂicts where the Investment Manager is

party to the transaction;

•

the Investment Manager’s obligation to, as far

as reasonably practical, exclusively offer all new

investment opportunities to the Group; and

•

other conﬂict matters regarding the value, quality

or other terms relating to the acquisition or disposal

of assets from or to the Group or provision of debt

funding by the Investment Manager to the Group

/

PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT

The Directors received a comprehensive induction

programme on joining the Board that covered

the Group’s investment activities, the role and

responsibilities of a Director and guidance on corporate

governance and applicable regulatory and legislative

landscape. The Directors’ training and development was

assessed as part of the annual effectiveness evaluation

and, in any event, the Chair regularly reviews and

discusses the development needs with each Director.

Each Director is fully aware that they should take

responsibility for their own individual development

needs and take the necessary steps to ensure they

are wholly informed of regulatory and business

developments.

During the year, the Directors received periodic

guidance on technical, regulatory and compliance

changes at quarterly Board meetings, and on an ad hoc

basis where necessary.

/

SHAREHOLDER ENGAGEMENT

The Group encourages active interest and contribution

from both its shareholders and responds promptly to all

queries received by the Group.

The Board recognises

the importance of maintaining strong relationships with

shareholders and the Directors place a great deal of

importance on understanding shareholder sentiment.

The Investment Manager and the Group’s Joint Financial

Advisers regularly meet to discuss, amongst other things,

the views of the Company’s shareholders. The Group’s

Corporate Broker speaks to shareholders regularly and

ensures shareholder views are clearly communicated to

the Board. The Board takes responsibility for, and has

a direct involvement in, the content of communications

regarding major corporate matters.

The Board encourages shareholders to attend and vote

on the resolutions at the Annual General Meeting, and

to ask the Board any questions that they may have.

The Chair makes himself available, as necessary, to speak

to shareholders. In addition, the Chairs of the Board’s

committees make themselves available, as necessary, on

signiﬁcant matters related to their areas of responsibility

when required.

The Board is committed to providing investors with

regular announcements of events affecting the Group.

The Group publish quarterly factsheets that are

available to download, along with all other investor

documentation, from the Group’s website

https://www.triplepointreit.com.

During the year, the Group regularly engaged with

shareholders. Of particular note this year, the Board

and Investment Manager consulted with shareholders

regarding the proposed changes to the Investment

Policy (further detail in the Chair’s Statement on pages

16 to 21), ahead of the 2022 AGM.

As the restrictions put in place by the Government

during the COVID pandemic have lifted, the Board will

look to increase its direct engagement with shareholders

in future.

2023 Annual Report

87

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

Audit Committee

Report

/ RESPONSIBILITIES

The Audit Committee has the primary responsibility of

reviewing the ﬁnancial statements and the accounting

principles and practices underlying them, liaising with the

external auditors and reviewing the effectiveness of the

Group’s internal controls.

The main role of the Audit Committee is to:

•

provide formal and transparent arrangements for

considering how to apply the ﬁnancial reporting and

internal control principles set out in the AIC Code

and to maintain an appropriate relationship with the

external auditors;

•

where requested, provide advice to the Board on

whether the annual report and accounts, taken as

a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and

provides the information necessary for shareholders

to assess the Group’s position and performance,

business model and strategy;

•

monitor the integrity of the ﬁnancial statements of

the Group and any formal announcements relating

to the Group’s ﬁnancial performance and reviewing

signiﬁcant ﬁnancial reporting judgements contained

in them;

•

review the Group’s internal ﬁnancial controls and

the Group’s internal control and risk management

systems;

•

make recommendations to the Board to put to the

shareholders for their approval in general meetings

in relation to the appointment, re-appointment and

removal of the external auditor and to approve

the remuneration and terms of engagement of the

external auditor;

•

review and monitor the external auditor’s

independence and objectivity and the effectiveness of

the audit process, taking into consideration relevant

UK professional and regulatory requirements;

•

liaise with the Group’s Tax Adviser in relation to

ensuring continuing compliance with the REIT regime;

•

develop and implement policy on the engagement

of the external auditor to supply non-audit services,

taking into account relevant ethical guidance

regarding the provision of non-audit services by the

external audit ﬁrm;

•

report to the Board, identifying any matters in respect

of which it considers that action or improvement is

needed and make recommendations as to the steps

to be taken; and

•

report to the Board on how it has discharged its

responsibilities.

The Audit Committee’s Terms of Reference can be found

on the Group’s website at https://www.triplepointreit.com/

corporate-governance/131/.

PETER COWARD,

Audit Committee Chair

AUDIT COMMITTEE MEMBERS

AUDIT COMMITTEE

MEETINGS ATTENDED /

REQUIRING ATTENDANCE

Peter Coward (Chair)

2/2

Ian Reeves CBE

2/2

Paul Oliver

2/2

Tracey Fletcher-Ray

2/2

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

88

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP

The Audit Committee is chaired by Peter Coward and

comprises of four members.

The Board is satisﬁed that at least one member of the

Audit Committee has recent and relevant ﬁnancial

experience. Peter Coward is qualiﬁed as a Chartered

Accountant and was, until the end of June 2016, a Senior

Tax Partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP specialising in

property. The Board is also satisﬁed that the Committee,

collectively, has competence relevant to the sector in

which the Group operates.

/ ACTIVITIES

The Audit Committee meets at least twice a year to

consider the annual report, interim report, any other

formal ﬁnancial performance announcements, and

any other matters as speciﬁed under the Committee’s

Terms of Reference. The Committee regularly reports

to the Board on how it discharged its responsibilities.

During the year, the Audit Committee discussed and

considered the external audit performance, objectivity

and independence, the external auditor re-appointment,

accounting policies and alternative accounting treatments,

signiﬁcant accounting judgements and estimates, and the

risk register.

/

PERFORMANCE EVALUATION

Refer to the Corporate Governance section for further

details on the performance evaluation.

/

INTERNAL CONTROL AND RISK

MANAGEMENT

The Group has an ongoing process in place for

identifying, evaluating and managing the principal and

emerging risks faced by the Group.

During the year, the Board carried out a robust

assessment of the Group’s emerging and principal risks,

further reviewed by the Audit Committee, and satisﬁed

itself that the procedures for identifying the information

needed to monitor and manage these risks were robust.

The Group has in place the following key internal controls:

•

a risk register identifying risks and controls to

mitigate their potential impact and/or likelihood

and this is maintained by the Investment Manager

subject to the supervision and oversight of the

Committee;

•

a procedure to ensure that the Group can continue

to operate as a REIT;

•

internal control reports of the Investment Manager,

Administrator and Depositary, which are reviewed

by the Board;

•

forecasts and management accounts prepared by

the Investment Manager and Administrator, which

allow the Board to assess performance; and

•

there is an agreed and deﬁned Investment Policy,

speciﬁed levels of authority and exposure limits in

relation to investments, leverage and payments.

The Board also receives a quarterly depositary report.

INDOS Financial Limited are responsible for cash

monitoring, asset veriﬁcation and oversight of the Group

and the Investment Manager in performing its function

under the AIFMD. The Depositary reports its ﬁndings on

a quarterly basis during which it monitors and veriﬁes all

new acquisitions, share issues, loan facilities, shareholder

distributions and other key events. In addition, on

an ongoing basis, the Depositary tests the quarterly

management accounts, bank reconciliations and performs

a quarterly review of the Group when discharging its

duties.

Taking into account the review of the reports provided

and its knowledge of the business, the Audit Committee

has reviewed and approved any statements included in

the annual report concerning internal controls and risk

management and has determined that the effectiveness

of the internal controls was satisfactory. The principal risks

and uncertainties identiﬁed from the risk register and a

description of the Group’s risk management procedures

can be found on pages 66 to 71.

2023 Annual Report

89

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

SIGNIFICANT ISSUES

CONSIDERED BY THE AUDIT

COMMITTEE

The Audit Committee considered the key accounting

judgements underlying the preparation of the ﬁnancial

statements, focusing speciﬁcally on:

VIABILITY AND GOING CONCERN

The Board is required to consider and report on the

longer-term viability of the business as well as assess

the appropriateness of applying the going concern

assumption.

The Audit Committee have taken account of the solvency

and liquidity position of the Group from the ﬁnancial

statements and the information provided from the

Investment Manager on the forecasted cash ﬂow for the

Group, expected pipeline and expected fund raising

plans through a fundraise or debt ﬁnance over the period

to December 2027. As a result, the Audit Committee

consider that it is appropriate to adopt the going concern

basis of preparation of the ﬁnancial statements.

VALUATION OF PROPERTY PORTFOLIO

The valuation of the Group’s property portfolio is

fundamental to the Group’s statement of ﬁnancial position

and reported results.

The valuations of the properties at the end of the ﬁnancial

period were performed by Jones Lang LaSalle, whom

the Audit Committee consider having sufﬁcient local and

national knowledge of social housing and Supported

Housing and the skills and knowledge to undertake the

valuations competently. The Audit Committee met with

the Group’s Valuer to discuss the valuation methodology

of the Group’s portfolio and examine the suitability of the

value of assets leased to Registered Providers that had

received non-compliant ratings.

The Audit Committee considered the underlying

assumptions of IFRS valuation basis and portfolio

valuation and gains comfort from the valuer’s

methodology and other supporting market information.

The Audit Committee have considered the subjectivity of

the property valuations which could affect the NAV and

share price of the Group, and these were discussed with

the Investment Manager and external auditor.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

The Group’s revenue solely comprises of rental income

from investment property assets, and therefore it is

integral that the underlying assumptions for determining

rental income are appropriate. Rental income is

recognised on a straight-line basis over the lease

term, thereby relying on the Investment Manager’s

determination of the lease term, based on whether they

are reasonably certain the option to extend the lease term

will be exercised. The Audit Committee gained comfort

of these assumptions by reviewing the external auditor’s

analysis including a review of the lease documentation,

investigation of differences to actual revenue recognised

in the year compared to expectations, rental uplift against

external market data, and how they challenged any

signiﬁcant assumptions made by the Investment Manager.

The Board has considered the appropriateness of the

ECL provision which relates to rental arrears for two of

the Group’s Approved Providers. The ECL provision

represents a default probability for two Approved

Providers, on outstanding rent due at 31 December

2022, which was determined based on their latest known

ﬁnancial position and any repayments plans that had been

agreed or discussed.

/

INTERNAL AUDIT

The Board has considered the appropriateness of

establishing an internal audit function and, having regard

to the structure and nature of the Group’s activities, has

concluded that the function is unnecessary. The Audit

Committee will review on an annual basis the need for this

function and make appropriate recommendations to the

Board.

/

EXTERNAL AUDITORS, AUDIT

FEES AND NON-AUDIT SERVICES

An important responsibility of the Audit Committee

each year is to monitor the performance, objectivity and

independence of the Group’s external auditors, currently

BDO LLP (“BDO”). In evaluating BDO’s performance,

the Audit Committee examine effectiveness of the audit

process, independence and objectivity of the auditor,

taking into consideration the length of tenure of the

external auditors, the non-audit services undertaken

during the year and relevant UK professional and

regulatory requirements, and the quality of delivery of its

services.

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

90

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

BDO were appointed as the external auditors of

the Group on 18 July 2017, and a formal external

audit tender process was undertaken in 2019. BDO

were recommended by the Audit Committee for re-

appointment at the 2022 AGM and the resolution was

duly passed. We have also transitioned our lead BDO

partner for the 2022 audit following completion of the

previous audit partner’s ﬁve-year term. I would like to

thank Edward for his leadership of the external audit and

welcome Charles Ellis as our new lead audit partner.

The auditors attend all Audit Committee meetings and

I, as Audit Committee Chair, have a number of meetings

with the lead audit partner as required. The auditors work

with the Investment Manager and discuss their ﬁndings

and recommendations with the Audit Committee.

The Audit Committee has approved a non-audit services

policy that determines the services that BDO can provide

and the maximum fee that may be raised for non-audit

services in comparison to the statutory audit fee, in line

with the FRC Ethical Standards for Auditors.

In accordance with the policy, and to ensure that

independence and objectivity is satisfactorily safeguarded,

the approval of the Audit Committee must be obtained

before the external auditor is engaged to provide any

permitted non-audit services above a fee threshold of

£5,000. The Audit Committee has also agreed that the

role of reporting accountant although a permitted service,

where necessary, would be undertaken by a ﬁrm other

than BDO to ensure best practice compliance with the

non-audit service policy.

BDO are prohibited from providing services to the

Group that would be considered to jeopardise their

independence, such as tax services, bookkeeping and

preparation of accounting records, ﬁnancial systems

design and implementation, valuation services, internal

audit outsourcing and services linked to the ﬁnancing,

capital structure and asset allocation. The Group’s non-

audit services policy is reviewed annually to ensure it

continues to be in line with best practice.

The Committee annually reviews the level of non-audit

fees to ensure that the provision of non-audit services

does not impair the auditor’s independence or objectivity,

taking into account the relevant regulations and the FRC’s

Ethical Standard. The policy provides that total fees for

non-audit services provided by the auditor to the Group

shall be limited to no more than 70% of the average of

the statutory audit fee for the Group paid to the auditor in

the last three consecutive ﬁnancial years.

The total audit fee in relation to the year ended 31

December 2022 for audit of the Group and subsidiaries

was £273,000 (net of VAT). The total non-audit fees for the

year ended 31 December 2022 were £36,000 (net of VAT)

in relation to the interim review. The ratio of non-audit

services fees to audit fees in the year was 13.2%.

Peter Coward

Audit Committee Chair

2023 Annual Report

91

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

Management Engagement

Committee Report

/ RESPONSIBILITIES

The main function of the Management Engagement

Committee is to review and make recommendations on

any proposed amendment to the Investment Management

Agreement and keep under review the performance of

the Investment Manager. The Committee will regularly

review the composition of the key executives performing

the services on behalf of the Investment Manager and

monitor and evaluate the performance of other key service

providers to the Group.

The Management Engagement Committee’s Terms of

Reference can be found on the Group’s website at https://

www.triplepointreit.com/corporate-governance/131/.

/

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP

The Management Engagement Committee is chaired by

Tracey Fletcher-Ray and comprises of all the Directors.

/ ACTIVITIES

During the year, the Management Engagement

Committee conducted a comprehensive review of the

key agreements with its service providers, and a detailed

review of the performance, composition, personnel,

processes and internal control systems of the Investment

Manager, and a review of the Group’s other corporate

advisers and key service providers. The discussion

included an assessment of performance and suitability of

the services provided in the context of the fees paid to

each provider, and a review of the termination period of

each agreement.

The Management Engagement Committee considered

the terms of the Investment Management Agreement,

to ensure it continues to reﬂect properly the commercial

arrangements agreed between the Company and the

Investment Manager and were satisﬁed that this was the

case.

/

PERFORMANCE EVALUATION

Refer to the Corporate Governance section for further

details on the performance evaluation.

MANAGEMENT ENGAGEMENT

COMMITTEE MEMBERS

MANAGEMENT ENGAGEMENT

COMMITTEE MEETINGS

ATTENDED / REQUIRING

ATTENDANCE

Tracey Fletcher-Ray (Chair)

2/2

Chris Phillips

1/2

Ian Reeves CBE

2/2

Peter Coward

2/2

Paul Oliver

2/2

TRACEY FLETCHER-RAY,

Management Engagement

Committee Chair

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

92

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS

AGREEMENT

The Company operates as an externally managed

alternative investment fund for the purposes of the AIFMD.

In its role as AIFM, the Investment Manager is responsible

for portfolio management and risk management of the

Group pursuant to the AIFMD.

The Company AIFM is Triple Point Investment

Management LLP.

For the performance of the risk management function,

which is set out within the AIFM Agreement, and excludes

the portfolio management aspect of the role, the

Investment Manager receives an annual fee which equates

to 3.5 basis points on net assets of up to £300 million, and

3.0 basis points for net assets above £300 million.

The AIFM Agreement is terminable by the Investment

Manager on giving the Group not less than 12 months’

written notice and using its reasonable endeavours to assist

with the appointment of a successor alternative investment

fund manager of the Company or the Company giving to

the Investment Manager not less than 12 months’ written

notice. The AIFM Agreement may be terminated earlier by

either party with immediate effect in certain circumstances,

including, if an order or resolution for liquidation is passed

for the other party or the other party has committed a

breach of its obligations under the AIFM Agreement that is

material in the context of the AIFM Agreement.

The Group has given certain market standard indemnities

in favour of the Investment Manager in respect of the

Investment Manager’s potential losses in carrying on its

responsibilities under the AIFM Agreement.

The annual fee paid under the AIFM Agreement for the

year ended 31 December 2022 was £192,000 (£175,000 as

at 31 December 2021). No performance fee is payable to

the Investment Manager.

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

Under the Investment Management Agreement, which

governs the portfolio management aspects of the AIFM

role, the Investment Manager is entitled to receive an

annual management fee which is calculated quarterly in

arrears based upon a percentage of the NAV of the Group

(not taking into account uncommitted cash balances

excluding debt) as at 31 March, 30 June, 30 September

and 31 December in each year on the following basis:

COMPANY BASIC NAV

(EXCLUDING CASH BALANCES)

ANNUAL MANAGEMENT FEE

(PERCENTAGE OF BASIC NAV)

Up to and including £250 million

1.0%

Above £250 million and up to

and including £500 million

0.9%

Above £500 million and up to

and including £1 billion

0.8%

Above £1 billion

0.7%

The annual fee paid to the Investment Manager under the

Investment Management Agreement for the year ended

31 December 2022 was £4.70 million.

On a semi-annual basis, once the Group’s half year or

year-end NAV has been announced, the Investment

Manager shall procure that 25% of the management fee

(net of any applicable tax) for the relevant six-month period

immediately preceding the date of that NAV shall be

applied by subscribing for, or acquiring, Ordinary Shares

(’Management Shares’). The Investment Manager subscribes

for or acquires Management Shares on a semi-annual

basis as anticipated under the Investment Management

Agreement.

The Investment Manager is also entitled to be reimbursed

for all disbursements, fees and costs payable to third

parties properly incurred by the Investment Manager on

behalf of the Group pursuant to provision of the services

under the Investment Management Agreement.

There are no performance, acquisition, exit or property

management fees.

The Investment Management Agreement may be terminated

by the Investment Manager or the Group by not less than

12 months’ written notice. In the event of termination, fees

will be calculated to the date of expiry or termination payable

pro rata on the day of such expiry or termination.

/

CONTINUING APPOINTMENT OF

THE INVESTMENT MANAGER

The Management Engagement Committee has reviewed

the continuing appointment of the Investment Manager

and based on the Group’s strong investment performance,

deep sector expertise and counterparty relationships, the

committee are satisﬁed that their appointment remains in

the best interests of shareholders as a whole.

Tracey Fletcher-Ray

Management Engagement Committee Chair

2023 Annual Report

93

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

Nomination

Committee Report

/ RESPONSIBILITIES

The Nomination Committee’s main function is to lead

the process for appointments, ensuring plans are in

place for orderly succession to the Board, overseeing the

development of a diverse pipeline for succession and any

other matters as speciﬁed under the Committee’s Terms of

Reference. This includes ensuring that any appointments

and succession plans are based on merit and objective

criteria, and, within this context, promoting diversity of

gender, social and ethnic backgrounds, cognitive and

personal strengths.

The Nomination Committee’s Terms of Reference

can be found on the Group’s website at https://www.

triplepointreit.com/corporate-governance/131/.

/

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP

The Nomination Committee is chaired by Ian Reeves and

comprises of four members.

/ ACTIVITIES

The Committee met twice during the period to

31 December 2022 to review the balance of skills and

experience, the size and structure of the Board, and held a

further meeting in 2023 to focus on long-term succession

planning. The Committee also reviewed the time and

signiﬁcant commitments of the Board and satisﬁed itself

that the Directors were able to commit sufﬁcient time to

discharge their responsibilities effectively having given due

consideration of external appointments.

/

SUCCESSION PLANNING AND

RECRUITMENT

A key focus of the Nomination Committee during the year

has been implementing a long-term succession plan for

the Board. Once a decision is made to recruit an additional

Director, under its Terms of Reference, the Nomination

Committee has the responsibility in identifying and

leading that process on behalf of the Board. A formal role

description is created, which is based upon requirements

identiﬁed from a review of the current balance of

experience and skills, as well as having due regard to

the beneﬁts of diversity of gender, social and ethnic

backgrounds, cognitive and personal strengths.

The Committee is then responsible for engaging with

an independent external search consultant in order to

facilitate the search. In accordance with the Group’s

Diversity Policy, the Committee engages with an external

search consultant that can commit in undertaking an open

and transparent process that includes potential candidates

from different social and ethnic backgrounds.

NOMINATION COMMITTEE

MEMBERS

NOMINATION COMMITTEE

MEETINGS ATTENDED /

REQUIRING ATTENDANCE

Ian Reeves CBE (Chair)

2/2

Chris Phillips

2/2

Peter Coward

2/2

Paul Oliver

2/2

IAN REEVES, Nomination

Committee Chair

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

94

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

During the year, the Committee engaged with Nurole

to support in its recruitment process. Nurole provided

a long-list of candidates which was reviewed by the

Committee to create a shortlist. Interviews then took place

with short-listed candidates and selected Committee

members, and feedback was provided to the Committee.

Once a preferred candidate is selected, the Nomination

Committee will recommend the individual to the Board for

appointment.

/

PERFORMANCE EVALUATION

Refer to the Corporate Governance for further details on

the performance evaluation.

/

RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

All Directors submit themselves for election or re-election

on an annual basis. All Directors in ofﬁce as at the date of

this report are to be proposed for re-election at the

2023 AGM.

/

TENURE POLICY

The Board considers that the length of time each Director,

including the Chair, serves on the Board should not be

limited and has not set a ﬁnite tenure policy. Continuity,

self-examination and ability to do the job are the

relevant criteria on which the Board assesses a Director’s

independence. Length of service of current Directors and

future succession planning will be reviewed each year as

part of the Board evaluation process.

/ DIVERSITY

The Board’s objective is to maintain effective decision-

making, including the impact of succession planning. The

Board recognises the beneﬁts of all types of diversity and

supports the recommendations of the Hampton-Alexander

Review and the Parker Review. All Board appointments will

be made on merit, and promote diversity of gender, social

and ethnic backgrounds, cognitive and personal strengths,

ensuring that such appointment will develop and enhance

the operation of the Board to best serve the Group’s

strategy.

The Board recognises the importance of diversity in the

boardroom which introduces different perspectives to the

Board debate and considers it to be in the interests of

the Group and its shareholders to take into consideration

diversity criteria when appointing a new individual to

the Board. In line with the Company’s succession plan,

when undertaking the appointment of a new Director, the

Nomination Committee will instruct an external search

consultancy to undertake an open and transparent process

that includes potential candidates from different social and

ethnic backgrounds.

Members of the Board should collectively possess a

diverse range of skills, expertise, industry knowledge and

business. The Board will continue to monitor diversity,

taking such steps as it considers appropriate to maintain its

position as a meritocratic and diverse business.

The FCA’s Listing Rules require that the Company reports

on whether the following targets have been met: at least

40% of individuals on the Board are women; at least one

of the senior Board positions is held by a woman; and at

least one individual on its Board is from a minority ethnic

background.

2023 Annual Report

95

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

The Company is not required to report against the FCA’s Listing Rule requirements until the year ending 31 December

2023, however due to the Company’s commitment to transparency and increasing diversity, the Company has decided

to voluntarily report. The following table sets out the gender and ethnic diversity of the Board as at 31 December 2022 in

accordance with the FCA’s Listing Rules:

GENDER DIVERSITY

NUMBER OF BOARD

MEMBERS

PERCENTAGE OF THE

BOARD

NUMBER OF SENIOR

POSITIONS ON THE

BOARD

1

Men

4

80

2

Women

1

20

–

Not speciﬁed / prefer not to say

–

–

–

ETHNIC DIVERSITY

White British or other White (including minority white groups)

5

100

2

Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups

–

–

–

Asian/Asian British

–

–

–

Black / African / Caribbean / Black British

–

–

–

Other ethnic group, including Arab

–

–

–

Not speciﬁed / prefer not to say

–

–

–

1 Senior positions include Chair and Senior Independent Director

Although for the reporting period, the Board did not meet the FCA’s targets with respect to diversity, the Board has

commenced a succession exercise to appoint a new non-executive director, and it is intended that this process will result

in the Company meeting the recommended targets, whilst ensuring that succession is managed in an orderly manner.

In addition, the role of Management Engagement Committee Chair, which the Board considers to be a senior position, is

held by a woman. However, we remain committed to pushing the beneﬁts of a diverse Board and will continue to make

improvements in this regard.

As an investment company with solely independent, Non-executive Directors, the Group does not have a Chief Executive

or a Chief Financial Ofﬁcer and has no employees. Accordingly, no disclosures regarding executive management

positions have been included.

Ian Reeves CBE

Nomination Committee Chair

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

96

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

ANNUAL STATEMENT

Dear shareholder,

I am pleased to present the Directors’ Remuneration

Report on behalf of the Board for the year ended

31 December 2022. It is set out in two sections in line

with legislative reporting regulations:

•

Directors’ Remuneration Policy (on pages 98 to 99)

– This sets out our Remuneration Policy for Directors

of the Company that has been in place since 14 May

2021 following approval by shareholders.

•

Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration (on

pages 100 to 102) – This sets out how the Directors

were paid for the year ended 31 December 2022.

There will be an advisory shareholder vote on this

section of the report at our 2023 AGM.

Prior to our IPO in August 2017, the Group introduced

a remuneration framework to ensure that remuneration

was aligned with best market practice whilst attracting

and securing the right non-executive Directors to deliver

our investment objectives.

The scale and structure of the Directors’ remuneration

was determined by the Company in consultation with

the Group’s Financial Adviser having been benchmarked

against companies of a similar size in the sector and

having regard to the time commitment and expected

contribution to the role.

The Group does not have any executive Directors or

employees, and, as a result, operates a simple and

transparent remuneration policy with no variable

element, that reﬂects the non-executive Directors’

duties, responsibilities and time spent.

/

DISCRETION EXERCISED UNDER

THE DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

POLICY

At the date of this report, no discretion is intended to be

exercised under the Directors’ Remuneration Policy.

We value engagement with our shareholders and for the

constructive feedback we receive and look forward to

your support at the forthcoming AGM.

Chris Phillips

Chair

Directors’

Remuneration Report

2023 Annual Report

97

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

APPROVAL OF REMUNERATION POLICY

Our Directors’ Remuneration Policy was last approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting of the Group

held on 14 May 2021 and became effective from the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting. In accordance

with section 439A of the Companies Act 2006, the provisions of the policy will apply until they are next put

to shareholders for renewal of that approval, which must be at intervals of not more than three years, or if the

Remuneration Policy is varied, in which event shareholder approval for the new Remuneration Policy will be sought.

The policy applies to the non-executive Directors; the Company has no executive Directors or employees.

/

REMUNERATION POLICY OVERVIEW

The Group’s objective is to have a simple and transparent remuneration structure, aligned with the Group’s strategy.

The Group aims to provide remuneration packages with no variable element which will retain non-executive Directors

with the skills and experience necessary to maximise shareholder value on a long-term basis. The remuneration

packages for the recruitment of non-executive Directors will be set with reference to the remuneration packages of

comparable businesses.

/

POLICY TABLE

The Directors are entitled only to the fees as set out in the table below from the date of their appointment. No

element of Directors’ remuneration is subject to performance factors.

COMPONENT

OPERATION

LINK TO STRATEGY

Annual Fee

Each Director receives a basic fee which is paid on a monthly

basis.

The total aggregate fees that can be paid to the Directors in

any given ﬁnancial year will be calculated in accordance with the

Company’s Articles of Association.

The level of the annual fee has been set to attract and

retain high calibre Directors with the skills and experience

necessary for the role.

The fee has been benchmarked against companies of

a similar size in the sector, having regard to the time

commitment and expected contribution to the role.

Additional Fees

The Directors are each entitled to an additional fee of £7,500

in connection with the production of every prospectus by the

Group.

A Director who performs services, which in the opinion of the

Board are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a non-

executive director, may also be paid such extra remuneration or

may receive such other beneﬁts as the Board may determine.

The additional fee in connection with the production of

every prospectus has been included in recognition of the

additional time commitment and contribution required in the

preparation of a prospectus by the Company.

The additional fee for services outside of the scope of

ordinary duties offers ﬂexibilities for a Director to be awarded

additional remuneration to adequately compensate a

Director where this is considered appropriate for the effective

functioning of, or in furtherance of, the Company’s aims.

Other beneﬁts

Article 18.5 of the Company’s Articles of Association permits

for any Director to be repaid expenses incurred in attending or

returning from meetings of the Board, committees of the Board

or shareholder meetings or otherwise in connection with the

performance of their duties as Directors of the Company.

The Board has the power to pay and agree to pay gratuities,

pensions or other retirement, superannuation, death or disability

beneﬁts to (or to any person in respect of) any Director or ex-

Director and for the purpose of providing any such gratuities,

pensions or other beneﬁts to contribute to any scheme or fund

or to pay premiums.

In line with market practice, the Company will reimburse the

Directors for expenses to ensure that they are able to carry

out their duties effectively.

The Directors do not currently receive any additional

beneﬁts; however the Board has included the power to offer

the additional beneﬁts as speciﬁed to create ﬂexibility in the

approach to retain or attract high calibre Board members.

Directors’

Remuneration Policy

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

98

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

SERVICE CONTRACTS

The Directors are engaged under letters of appointment and do not have service contracts with the Company.

/

DIRECTORS’ TERM OF OFFICE

Under the terms of the Directors’ letters of appointment, each directorship is for an initial period of 12 months and

thereafter terminable on three months’ written notice by either the Director or the Company. Each Director will be

subject to annual re-election by shareholders at the Company’s Annual General Meeting in each ﬁnancial year.

/

POLICY ON PAYMENT FOR LOSS OF OFFICE

The Directors are entitled to payment of the fees as speciﬁed above, notwithstanding termination of their

appointment, for the initial period of 12 months from the date of their appointment. Thereafter, there is no

compensation payable upon termination of ofﬁce as a Director of the Company.

/

CONSIDERATION OF SHAREHOLDER VIEWS

The Company is committed to ongoing shareholder dialogue and takes an active interest in voting outcomes. Where

there are substantial votes against resolutions in relation to Directors’ remuneration, the Company will seek the

reasons for any such vote and will detail any resulting actions in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

2023 Annual Report

99

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

CONSIDERATION OF REMUNERATION MATTERS

The Board does not consider it necessary to establish a separate remuneration committee as it has no executive

Directors. The Board as a whole considers the remuneration of the Directors.

/

SINGLE TOTAL FIGURE (AUDITED TABLE)

NON-EXECUTIVE

DIRECTORS

ANNUAL

FEE

1

ADDITIONAL

FEE

2

OTHER

TAXABLE

BENEFITS

3

TOTAL

2022

TOTAL

2021

% 2021 ANNUAL CHANGE

ANNUAL

FEE

1

ADDITIONAL

FEE

2

OTHER

TAXABLE

BENEFITS

3

Chris Phillips

£75,000

–

–

£75,000

£75,000

0%

0%

N/A

Ian Reeves CBE

£50,000

–

–

£50,000

£50,000

0%

0%

N/A

Peter Coward

£50,000

–

–

£50,000

£50,000

0%

0%

N/A

Paul Oliver

£50,000

–

–

£50,000

£50,000

0%

0%

N/A

Tracey Fletcher-Ray

£50,000

–

–

£50,000

£50,000

0%

0%

N/A

1 The Directors are paid a ﬁxed annual fee. The fees do not have any variable or performance related elements, however, the Directors are entitled to an additional fee of £7,500 in connection

with the production of every prospectus prepared with a fundraising by the Group. Refer to Directors’ Fees section below.

2 The Company received no additional fees for the year ended 31 December 2022.

3 The Company does not provide a pension, retirement or similar beneﬁts.

/

DIRECTORS’ FEES

The Directors are each paid an annual fee of £50,000 other than the Chair who is entitled to receive an annual fee

of £75,000. In addition to the annual fee, each Director is entitled to an additional fee of £7,500 in connection with

the production of every prospectus prepared with a fundraising by the Group in recognition of the additional time

contribution and commitment required. Any Director who performs services, which in the opinion of the Board are

outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a non-executive director, may also be paid such extra remuneration or

may receive such other beneﬁts as the Board may determine. The additional fees are treated as a cost of issue not

included as an expense through the Statement of Comprehensive Income. Directors are further entitled to recover all

reasonable expenses properly incurred in connection with performing their duties as a Director. Directors’ expenses

for the year to 31 December 2022 totalled £3,238 (£1,546 as at 31 December 2021). No other remuneration was paid

or payable during the year to any Director.

Annual Report on

Directors’ Remuneration

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

100

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ SHAREHOLDING AND SHARE INTERESTS

(AUDITED TABLE)

Outlined are details of the Directors’ shareholdings as at 31 December 2022. In the period between 31 December

2022 and the date of this report, Peter Coward acquired a further 813 ordinary shares on 11 January 2023, making

the total number of shares he holds 80,076.

The Directors are not required to hold any shares of the Company by way of qualiﬁcation. A Director who is not a

shareholder of the Company shall nevertheless be entitled to attend and speak at shareholders’ meetings.

DIRECTOR

NUMBER OF SHARES HELD AS

AT 31 DECEMBER 2021

NUMBER OF SHARES HELD AS

AT 31 DECEMBER 2022

PERCENTAGE OF ISSUED

SHARE CAPITAL AS AT

31 DECEMBER 2022

Chris Phillips

54,854\*

54,854\*

0.01%

Ian Reeves CBE

0

0

0.00%

Peter Coward

78,543\*\*

79,263\*\*

0.02%

Paul Oliver

77,967

77,967

0.02%

Tracey Fletcher-Ray

37,735

37,735

0.01%

\*25,000 Ordinary Shares were subscribed through Chris Phillip’s self-invested personal pension with the balance subscribed by Centaurea Investments Limited

\*\*54,263 Ordinary Shares were subscribed through Peter Coward’s self-invested personal pension.

/

TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN

The graph below illustrates the total shareholder return of the Company’s Ordinary Shares over the period relative to

a return on a hypothetical holding over the same period in the FTSE All-Share Index and the FTSE EPRA/NAREIT UK

Index. These indices have been chosen as they are considered to be the most appropriate benchmarks against which

to assess the relative performance of the Company as the FTSE All Share represents companies of a similar capital

size, and the constituents of the FTSE EPRA/NAREIT UK Index are UK based real estate companies.

08/08/2017

08/09/2017

08/10/2017

08/11/2017

08/12/2017

08/01/2018

08/02/2018

08/03/2018

08/04/2018

08/05/2018

08/06/2018

08/07/2018

08/08/2018

08/09/2018

08/10/2018

08/11/2018

08/12/2018

08/01/2019

08/02/2019

08/03/2019

08/04/2019

08/05/2019

08/06/2019

08/07/2019

08/08/2019

08/09/2019

08/10/2019

08/11/2019

08/12/2019

08/01/2020

08/02/2020

08/03/2020

08/04/2020

08/05/2020

08/06/2020

08/07/2020

08/08/2020

08/09/2020

08/10/2020

08/11/2020

08/12/2020

08/01/2021

08/02/2021

08/03/2021

08/04/2021

08/05/2021

08/06/2021

08/07/2021

08/08/2021

08/09/2021

08/10/2021

08/11/2021

08/12/2021

08/01/2022

08/02/2022

08/03/2022

08/04/2022

08/05/2022

08/06/2022

08/07/2022

08/08/2022

08/09/2022

08/10/2022

08/11/2022

08/12/2022

40.00%

0.00%

-30.00%

-20.00%

-20.00%

20.00%

10.00%

30.00%

Group - Total return

FTSE NAREIT UK - Total return index

FTSE All Share - Total return index

2023 Annual Report

101

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

RELATIVE IMPORTANCE OF SPEND ON PAY

The table below shows the total spend on remuneration compared to the distributions to shareholders by way of

dividends, share buybacks and the management fees incurred by the Company. As the Group has no employees the

total spend on remuneration comprises only the Directors’ fees.

2022

2021

Directors’ fees

£275,000

£275,000

Dividends paid

£21,730,467

£20,924,889

Share buybacks

–

–

Management fee

£4,704,319

£4,546,596

/

CONSIDERATION OF SHAREHOLDER VIEWS

During the year, the Company did not receive any communications from shareholders speciﬁcally regarding Directors’

pay.

The resolution to approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report (excluding the Directors’ Remuneration Policy) was

passed at the Annual General Meeting on

27 May 2022. The resolution to approve the Directors’ Remuneration Policy was passed on a poll at the Annual

General Meeting on 14 May 2021.

DIRECTOR

VOTING FOR

VOTING AGAINST

VOTES WITHHELD

Remuneration Report (approved at

AGM on 27 May 2022)

99.97%

0.03%

64,780

Remuneration Policy (approved at

AGM on 14 May 2021)

97.87%

2.13%

504,233

On behalf of the Board:

Chris Phillips

Chair

2 March 2023

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

102

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

The Directors are pleased to present the annual report,

including the Group’s and Company’s audited ﬁnancial

statements as at, and for the year ended 31 December

2022.

The information that fulﬁls the requirements of the

Corporate Governance statement in accordance with

rule 7.2 of the DTR can be found in this Directors’ report

and in the Governance section on pages 78 to 108 all

of which is incorporated into this Directors’ report by

reference.

/

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITY

The Company is a closed-ended investment company

and is a Real Estate Investment Trust which was

incorporated in England and Wales on 12 June 2017.

The Company is a holding company of a number

of subsidiaries. The Group invests in properties in

accordance with the investment policy and Investment

Objective.

/ DIRECTORS

The names of the Directors who served from 1 January

2022 to 31 December 2022 are set out in the Board of

Directors section on pages 80 to 81, together with their

biographical details and principal external appointments.

The Articles govern the appointment and replacements

of Directors.

/

AIFM AND INVESTMENT

MANAGER

The names of the partners and employees of the Group’s

AIFM and Investment Manager are set out on pages

page 31 and a summary of the principal contents of

the AIFM agreement and the Investment Management

Agreement are set out in the management engagement

committee report on pages 92 to 93.

/

FINANCIAL RESULTS AND DIVIDENDS

The ﬁnancial results for the year can be found in the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income which can be found

on page 118. In line with the target for the ﬁnancial year, the Company declared the following interim dividends in

respect of the year to 31 December 2022, amounting to 5.46 pence per share.

RELEVANT PERIOD

DIVIDEND

PER SHARE (P)

EX DIVIDEND

DATE

RECORD

DATE

PAYMENT

DATE

1 January to 31 March 2022

1.365

9 June 2022

10 June 2022

24 June 2022

1 April to 30 June 2022

1.365

15 September 2022

16 September 2022

30 September 2022

1 July to 30 September 2022

1.365

1 December 2022

2 December 2022

16 December 2022

1 October to 31 December 2022

1.365

16 March 2023

17 March 2023

31 March 2023

Directors’

Report

2023 Annual Report

103

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

POWERS OF THE DIRECTORS

The powers given to the Directors are contained within

the current articles of association of the Company (the

’Articles’), are subject to relevant legislation and, in

certain circumstances (including in relation to the issuing

or buying back by the Company of its shares), are

subject to the authority being given to the Directors by

shareholders in general meetings.

The Articles govern the appointment and replacements

of Directors.

/

DIRECTORS’ INDEMNITY

The Group has indemniﬁed the Directors against certain

liabilities which may be incurred in the course of their

duties. This indemnity remains in force as at the date of

this report and will also indemnify any new directors that

join the Board. The Company maintains directors’ and

ofﬁcers’ liability insurance which gives appropriate cover

for legal action brought against the Directors.

/

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The information relating to the Group’s ﬁnancial risk

management and policies can be found in Note 33 of

the ﬁnancial statements.

/

POST-BALANCE SHEET EVENTS

Important events that have occurred since the end of the

ﬁnancial year can be found in Note

34 of the notes to

the ﬁnancial statements.

/

AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES

The Articles may only be amended with shareholders’

approval in accordance with relevant legislation.

/

SHARE CAPITAL

The Company was admitted to trading on the Specialist

Fund Segment of the Main Market of the London Stock

Exchange on 8 August 2017 and migrated to trading on

the premium segment of the Main Market on 27 March

2018.

As at 31 December 2022, the Company had 403,239,002

Ordinary Shares in issue, 450,000 of which were held

in treasury, as can be found in Note

22 of the ﬁnancial

statements. The shares held in treasury do not carry any

voting rights and therefore the total number of voting

rights in the Company is 402,789,002. There are no

restrictions on voting rights of securities in the Company.

There are no restrictions on the transfer of securities

in the Company other than certain restrictions which

may be impaired by law, for example, Market Abuse

Regulations, and the Group’s Share Dealing Code.

The Company is not aware of any agreements between

holders of securities that may result in restrictions on

transferring securities in the Company. There are no

securities of the Company carrying special rights with

regards to the control of the Company in issue.

As a REIT, the Company’s Ordinary Shares will be

’excluded securities’ under the FCA’s rules on non-

mainstream pooled investments. Accordingly, the

promotion of the Ordinary Shares will not be subject

to the FCA’s restriction on the promotion of non-

mainstream pooled investments.

/

PURCHASE OF OWN ORDINARY

SHARES

At the Company’s Annual General Meeting on 27 May

2022, the Company was granted authority to make

market purchases up to a maximum of 40,278,900

Ordinary Shares.

As at the date of this report, 450,000 Ordinary Shares

were purchased (during 2019) in the market and held in

treasury. A resolution to renew the Company’s authority

to purchase shares in accordance with the Notice of

AGM will be put to the shareholders at the Annual

General Meeting on 23 May 2023.

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

104

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

CHANGE OF CONTROL

Under the Group’s ﬁnancing facilities, any change of

control at the borrower or immediate parent company

level may trigger a repayment of the outstanding

amounts to the lending banks. In certain facilities, the

change of control provisions also include a change of

control at the ultimate parent company level.

The Directors do not receive compensation for loss of

ofﬁce occurring due to a change of control.

/

GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS,

ENERGY CONSUMPTION AND

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

The Board is cognisant of the impact of the Group’s

operations on emissions. In supporting the construction

of new build properties, we hope to encourage best

practice, in turn helping to reduce the industry’s

impact on emissions and the consumption of depleting

resources. The Group voluntarily disclose Scope

3 property greenhouse gas emissions within the

sustainability report, further information on page 54.

In relation to the Streamlined Energy and Carbon

Reporting (SECR), implemented by The Companies

(Directors’ Report) and Limited Liability Partnerships

(Energy and Carbon Report) Regulations 2018, for the

year ended 31 December 2022 the Group is considered

to be a low energy user (<40,000kWh) and therefore falls

below the threshold to produce an energy and carbon

report.

/

MAJOR SHAREHOLDINGS

In accordance with DTR 5, the Company was advised of the following signiﬁcant direct and indirect interests in the

issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 31 December 2022.

SHAREHOLDER

INTERESTS IN ORDINARY SHARES

% HOLDING DISCLOSED

BlackRock, Inc.

53,520,406

13.27%

East Riding of Yorkshire Council

32,879,797

9.36%

Investec Wealth & Management Limited

28,892,160

8.22%

Nottinghamshire County Council Pension Fund

19,417,475

5.53%

Evelyn Partners Investment Management Services

19,892,781

4.93%

Smith and Williamson Holdings Limited

11,788,972

4.78%

Brewin Dolphin Limited

16,032,858

4.56%

South Yorkshire Pensions Authority

11,955,713

3.40%

Information provided to the Company pursuant to DTR 5 is available via the Regulatory News section on the Group’s

website.

2023 Annual Report

105

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

CONTRACTS OF SIGNIFICANCE

There are no contracts of signiﬁcance of the Company

or a subsidiary in which a Director is or was materially

interested or to which a controlling shareholder was a

party.

/

DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION

TO THE AUDITORS

So far as the Directors are aware, there is no relevant

audit information of which the auditor is unaware.

The Directors have taken all the steps that they ought

to have taken as Directors to make themselves aware of

any relevant audit information and to establish that the

auditor is aware of that information.

/

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Related Party transactions for the period to

31 December 2022 can be found in Note 15 of the

ﬁnancial statements.

/

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

No expenditure on research and development was made

during the year (2021: Nil).

/

DONATIONS AND

CONTRIBUTIONS

No political or charitable donations were made during

the year (2021: Nil).

/

BRANCHES OUTSIDE THE UK

There are no branches of the business located outside

the UK.

/

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

The Annual General Meeting of the Company will

be held on 23 May 2023 at 10.00am at 5 New Street

Square, London, EC4A 3TW.

/

INFORMATION INCLUDED IN

THE STRATEGIC REPORT

The information that fulﬁls the reporting requirements

relating to the following matters can be found on the

pages identiﬁed.

SUBJECT MATTER

PAGE REFERENCE

Likely future developments

16-21

Employee engagement

52-53

Employment of disabled persons

52-53

Business relationships

52-53

On behalf of the Board:

Chris Phillips

Chair

2 March 2023

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

106

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

The directors are responsible for preparing the annual

report and the ﬁnancial statements in accordance with

UK adopted international accounting standards and

applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to prepare ﬁnancial

statements for each ﬁnancial year.

Under that law the

directors are required to prepare the Group ﬁnancial

statements in accordance with UK adopted international

accounting standards and have elected to prepare the

Parent Company ﬁnancial statements in accordance

with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting

Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards and

applicable law). Under company law the directors must

not approve the ﬁnancial statements unless they are

satisﬁed that they give a true and fair view of the state

of affairs of the Group and Parent Company and of the

proﬁt or loss for the Group for that period.

In preparing these ﬁnancial statements, the directors are

required to:

•

select suitable accounting policies and then apply

them consistently;

•

make judgements and accounting estimates that are

reasonable and prudent;

•

state whether they have been prepared in

accordance with UK adopted international

accounting standards, subject to any material

departures disclosed and explained in the ﬁnancial

statements;

•

prepare the ﬁnancial statements on the going

concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume

that the Group and the Company will continue in

business; and

•

prepare a Directors’ report, a strategic report and

Directors’ remuneration report which comply with

the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate

accounting records that are sufﬁcient to show and

explain the Company’s transactions and disclose with

reasonable accuracy at any time the ﬁnancial position

of the Company and enable them to ensure that the

ﬁnancial statements comply with the Companies Act

2006.

They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets

of the company and hence for taking reasonable steps

for the prevention and detection of fraud and other

irregularities. The Directors are responsible for ensuring

that the annual report and accounts, taken as a whole,

are fair, balanced, and understandable and provides

the information necessary for shareholders to assess the

Group’s performance, business model and strategy.

/

WEBSITE PUBLICATION

The Directors are responsible for ensuring the annual

report and the ﬁnancial statements are made available

on a website. Financial statements are published on

the Company’s website in accordance with legislation

in the United Kingdom governing the preparation

and dissemination of ﬁnancial statements, which

may vary from legislation in other jurisdictions. The

maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website

is the responsibility of the Directors. The Directors’

responsibility also extends to the ongoing integrity of

the ﬁnancial statements contained therein.

/

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES

PURSUANT TO DTR4

The Directors conﬁrm to the best of their knowledge:

•

The ﬁnancial statements have been prepared in

accordance with the applicable set of accounting

standards, give a true and fair view of the assets,

liabilities, ﬁnancial position and proﬁt and loss of the

Group.

•

The Annual Report includes a fair review of the

development and performance of the business and

the ﬁnancial position of the Group and Company,

together with a description of the principal risks and

uncertainties that they face.

Directors’

Responsibilities Statement

2023 Annual Report

107

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/ APPROVAL

This Directors’ responsibilities statement was approved by the Board of Directors and signed on its behalf by:

Chris Phillips

Chair

2 March 2023

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

108

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

OPINION ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In our opinion:

•

the ﬁnancial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs

as at 31 December 2022 and of the Group’s proﬁt for the year then ended;

•

the Group ﬁnancial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted international

accounting standards;

•

the Parent Company ﬁnancial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK accounting

standards; and

•

the ﬁnancial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the ﬁnancial statements of Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its

subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year ended 31 December 2022 which comprise the Group Statement of Comprehensive

Income, the Group and Company Statements of Financial Position, the Group and Company Statements of Changes

in Equity, the Group Statement of Cash Flows

and notes to the ﬁnancial statements, including a summary of signiﬁcant

accounting policies. The ﬁnancial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation of the Group ﬁnancial

statements is applicable law and UK adopted international accounting standards. The ﬁnancial reporting framework that

has been applied in the preparation of the Parent Company ﬁnancial statements is Financial Reporting Standard 101

Reduced Disclosure Framework (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

/

BASIS FOR OPINION

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our

responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the ﬁnancial

statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufﬁcient and appropriate to provide

a basis for our opinion. Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee.

INDEPENDENCE

Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were appointed by the Directors on 18 July 2017 to audit the

ﬁnancial statements for the year ended 31 December 2017 and subsequent ﬁnancial periods. Following a competitive

re-tender in May 2019 we were reappointed to audit the ﬁnancial statements for the year ended 31 December 2019 and

subsequent ﬁnancial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement including retenders and reappointments is

six years, covering the years ended 31 December 2017 to 31 December 2022.

We remain independent of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are

relevant to our audit of the ﬁnancial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public

interest entities, and we have fulﬁlled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. The non-

audit services prohibited by that standard were not provided to the Group or the Parent Company.

Independent

Auditor’s Report

/

TO THE MEMBERS OF TRIPLE POINT SOCIAL HOUSING REIT PLC

2023 Annual Report

109

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

CONCLUSIONS RELATING TO GOING CONCERN

In auditing the ﬁnancial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of

accounting in the preparation of the ﬁnancial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment

of the Group and the Parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:

•

Obtaining the going concern model from the Directors, and challenging the assumptions used by the Directors

in the going concern forecast. This included assumptions around expected investment property acquisitions, the

movements in investment property valuations, movements in the Group’s level of borrowings and the associated

interest, and rental income increases. We obtained evidence, where available, to support inputs into the model.

•

Testing the arithmetical accuracy of the model.

•

Challenging the sensitivities applied by the Directors to the model, including a fall in revenue in the event

lessees are unable to meet rent payments in relation to vacant units, as well as a corresponding fall in property

valuations. On these stress tested model we challenged assumptions made by the Directors, speciﬁcally with

regards to:

i.

The expected impact on investment property valuations;

ii.

The expected impact on rental income;

iii.

The expected void period before suitable alternative tenants could be found;

iv.

The impact on the Group’s covenant compliance; and

v.

The reasonableness of the assumptions used in the stress test.

•

Performing an analysis of the headroom of the Group’s ability to meet their day to day operational costs in the

stress tested forecasts.

•

Performing an analysis of the covenant compliance and the headroom and considered these in light of our own

further stress tests.

•

Reviewing the post year end rent receipts for trade debtors as at 31 December 2022, to assess the ﬁnancial

position of tenants.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identiﬁed any material uncertainties relating to events or

conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast signiﬁcant doubt on the Group and the Parent Company’s

ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the ﬁnancial statements are

authorised for issue.

In relation to the Parent Company’s reporting on how it has applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have

nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the Directors’ statement in the ﬁnancial statements about

whether the Directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the

relevant sections of this report.

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

110

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

\*These are areas which have been subject to a full scope audit by the Group engagement team.

/ OVERVIEW

COVERAGE\*

100% (2021: 100%) of Group revenue

100% (2021: 100%) of Group investment property

99.9% (2021: 99.6%) of Group total assets

99.8% (2021: 99.8%) of Group proﬁt before tax

KEY AUDIT MATTERS

2022

2021

Investment property valuations

Revenue recognition

N/A

Revenue recognition is no longer considered to be a key audit matter as revenue is no longer considered to be a

signiﬁcant risk

.

MATERIALITY

Group ﬁnancial statements as a whole

We determined materiality for the Group ﬁnancial statements as a whole to be £7,060,000 (2021: £6,990,000), which was

set at 1% (2021: 1%) of Group total assets.

/

AN OVERVIEW OF THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT

Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including the Group’s

system of internal control, and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the ﬁnancial statements. We also

addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including assessing whether there was evidence of

bias by the Directors that may have represented a risk of material misstatement.

The Group operates solely in the United Kingdom, and all audit procedures are performed by the Group audit team.

We identiﬁed four signiﬁcant components, in addition to the Parent Company:

•

Norland Estates Limited

•

TP REIT Propco 2 Limited

•

TP REIT Propco 3 Limited

•

TP REIT Propco 4 Limited

All signiﬁcant components were subject to full scope audits. Audit work on the other components in the Group was

undertaken subject to Group materiality. Material balances and signiﬁcant risk areas were tested substantively and

through analytical procedures.

2023 Annual Report

111

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

KEY AUDIT MATTERS

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most signiﬁcance in our audit of the

ﬁnancial statements of the current period and include the most signiﬁcant assessed risks of material misstatement

(whether or not due to fraud) that we identiﬁed, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit

strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit, and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters

were addressed in the context of our audit of the ﬁnancial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion

thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

KEY AUDIT MATTER

HOW THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT ADDRESSED THE KEY AUDIT MATTER

Investment

property valuations

Refer to notes 3.1

and 4.2 in relation to

signiﬁcant estimates

and accounting

policies.

Refer to note

14 in relation

to investment

properties.

The Group’s investment property portfolio

is made up of standing assets that are

existing properties that are currently

let. They are valued using the income

capitalisation method. This method is

applied to income producing assets and

discounts the future value of rents by an

appropriate discount rate.

The Directors use an independent valuer

to assist them with the valuation of the

property portfolio. The valuation of

investment property requires signiﬁcant

judgement and estimates by the Directors

and the independent valuer and is

therefore considered a signiﬁcant risk

due to the subjective nature of certain

assumptions inherent in each valuation.

Any input inaccuracies or unreasonable

bases used in the valuation judgements

(such as in respect of yield proﬁle applied)

could result in a material misstatement of

the ﬁnancial statements.

There is also a risk that the Directors may

inﬂuence the signiﬁcant judgements and

estimates in respect of property valuations

in order to achieve property valuation and

other performance targets to meet market

expectations. This could be achieved

through manipulation of information

provided to the valuer.

Experience of valuer and relevance of its work

• We obtained the valuation report prepared for the Directors by the

independent valuer and discussed the basis of the valuations with the

independent valuer. We checked that the basis of the valuations was in

accordance with the requirements of accounting standards.

• We assessed the external valuer’s qualiﬁcations, independence.and

objectivity.

• We obtained a copy of the instructions provided to the independent valuer

and reviewed for any limitations in scope or for evidence of Management

bias.

Data provided to the valuer

• We checked 100% of the underlying data provided to the valuer by

Management. This data included inputs such as current rent and lease term,

which we agreed to the executed lease agreements as part of our audit

work.

Assumptions and estimates used by the valuer

•

We developed yield expectations on all properties in the Group’s portfolio

using available independent industry data and reports around the year end.

• We discussed the assumptions used and the valuation movement in the year

with both Management and the independent valuer. Where the valuation

was outside of our expected range we discussed with the independent

valuer speciﬁc assumptions and reasoning for the yields applied and

corroborated their explanations where relevant. We also discussed with

the valuer their views on the impact on the valuations of the Approved

Providers having received non-compliant ratings from the regulators. We

compared their responses against our own expectations based on our sector

knowledge and through inspection of comparable market data.

Key observations:

Our testing indicated that the estimates and assumptions used in the

investment property valuations were appropriate in the context of the Group’s

property portfolio.

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

112

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

OUR APPLICATION OF MATERIALITY

We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of

misstatements.

We consider materiality to be the magnitude by which misstatements, including omissions, could

inﬂuence the economic decisions of reasonable users that are taken on the basis of the ﬁnancial statements.

In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, we

use a lower materiality level, performance materiality, to determine the extent of testing needed. Importantly,

misstatements below these levels will not necessarily be evaluated as immaterial as we also take account of the

nature of identiﬁed misstatements, and the particular circumstances of their occurrence, when evaluating their effect

on the ﬁnancial statements as a whole. Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the

ﬁnancial statements as a whole and performance materiality as follows:

GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL

STATEMENTS

2022

£M

2021

£M

2022

£M

2021

£M

MATERIALITY

7.1

7.0

4.1

4.0

BASIS FOR DETERMINING MATERIALITY

Materiality for the Group and Parent company’s ﬁnancial statement was set at 1% of total assets

(2021: 1%).

RATIONALE FOR THE BENCHMARK APPLIED

We determined that total assets would be the most appropriate basis for determining overall

materiality as we consider it to be one of the principal considerations for the users of the

ﬁnancial statements in assessing the ﬁnancial performance of the Group and Parent Company.

PERFORMANCE MATERIALITY

4.94

4.55

2.90

2.59

BASIS FOR DETERMINING PERFORMANCE

MATERIALITY

On the basis of our risk assessment, together with our assessment of the Group’s overall control

environment, our judgement was that overall performance materiality for the Group should

be 70% (2021: 65%) of materiality. A number of factors led to the judgement to increase the

performance materiality level from prior year. This

included the fact that there was a low level of

brought forward adjustments, with a minimal number of adjustments raised in historic audits, as

well as Management’s open consideration to adjusting for misstatements raised. We determined

that the same measure as the Group was appropriate for the Parent Company.

SPECIFIC MATERIALITY

We also determined that for other account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures not related to investment

properties, that speciﬁcally impact the measurement of EPRA earnings, a misstatement of less than materiality for the

ﬁnancial statements as a whole, speciﬁc materiality, could inﬂuence the economic decisions of users. As a result, we

determined that speciﬁc materiality for these areas should be £962,000 (2021: £970,000). This was set at 5% (2021:

5%) of European Public Real Estate Association (“EPRA”) earnings. EPRA earnings excludes the impact of the net

surplus on revaluation of investment properties. Those items which may affect EPRA earnings include rental income,

general and administrative expenses, management fees, ﬁnance income and ﬁnance cost. We further applied a

performance materiality level of 70% (2021: 65%) of speciﬁc materiality to ensure that the risk of errors exceeding

speciﬁc materiality was appropriately mitigated. The speciﬁc materiality for the Parent Company was capped at 65%

(2021: 40%) of Group speciﬁc materiality being £625,000 (2021: £388,000).

2023 Annual Report

113

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

COMPONENT MATERIALITY

We set materiality for each signiﬁcant component of the Group based on a percentage of 1% (2021: 1%) of the total

assets of that component. Signiﬁcant component materiality ranged from £180,000 to £4,810,000 (2021: ranged

from £388,000 to £3,980,000).

In the audit of each component, we further applied performance materiality levels of 70% (2021: 65%) of the

component materiality to our testing to ensure that the risk of errors exceeding component materiality was

appropriately mitigated.

REPORTING THRESHOLD

We agreed with the Audit Committee that for the Group ﬁnancial statements we would report to them all individual

audit differences in excess of £353,000 (2021: £140,000) for items audited to ﬁnancial statement materiality, and

£48,000 (2021: £19,000) for items audited to speciﬁc materiality. We also agreed to report differences below these

thresholds that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

We agreed that the reporting threshold for the Parent Company would be £207,000 (2021: £79,600) for items

audited to ﬁnancial statement materiality, and £31,200 (2021: £7,800) for items audited to speciﬁc materiality.

/

OTHER INFORMATION

The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in

the Annual Report other than the ﬁnancial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the ﬁnancial

statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report,

we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other information and,

in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the ﬁnancial statements or our

knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such

material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a

material misstatement in the ﬁnancial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude

that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

/

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT

The Listing Rules require us to review the Directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and

that part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the parent company’s compliance with the provisions of

the UK Corporate Governance Code speciﬁed for our review.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the

Corporate Governance Statement is materially consistent with the ﬁnancial statements or our knowledge obtained

during the audit.

GOING CONCERN

AND LONGER-TERM

VIABILITY

• The Directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and

any material uncertainties identiﬁed set out on

pages 72 to 74; and

• The Directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the Group’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why

the period is appropriate set out on page 72.

OTHER CODE

PROVISIONS

• Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 107;

• Board’s conﬁrmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out on pages 66

to 73;

• The section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control

systems set out on page 89; and

• The section describing the work of the audit committee set out on page 88.

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

114

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

OTHER COMPANIES ACT 2006 REPORTING

Based on the responsibilities described below and our work performed during the course of the audit, we are

required by the Companies Act 2006 and ISAs (UK) to report on certain opinions and matters as described below.

STRATEGIC REPORT

AND DIRECTORS’

REPORT

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

• the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report for the ﬁnancial year for which the ﬁnancial

statements are prepared is consistent with the ﬁnancial statements; and

• the Strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company and its environment obtained in the

course of the audit, we have not identiﬁed material misstatements in the strategic report or the Directors’ report.

DIRECTORS’

REMUNERATION

In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance

with the Companies Act 2006.

MATTERS ON WHICH

WE ARE REQUIRED

TO REPORT BY

EXCEPTION

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to

report to you if, in our opinion:

• adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not

been received from branches not visited by us; or

• the Parent Company ﬁnancial statements and the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited are not in

agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

• certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration speciﬁed by law are not made; or

• we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

/

RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS

As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement, the Directors are responsible for the preparation

of the ﬁnancial statements and for being satisﬁed that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control

as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of ﬁnancial statements that are free from material

misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the ﬁnancial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent

Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and

using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent

Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

/

AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL

STATEMENTS

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the ﬁnancial statements as a whole are free from

material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion.

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance

with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error

and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to inﬂuence the

economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these ﬁnancial statements.

2023 Annual Report

115

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

EXTENT TO WHICH THE AUDIT WAS CAPABLE OF DETECTING IRREGULARITIES,

INCLUDING FRAUD

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in

line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including

fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below:

We gained an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework applicable to the Group and the industry in

which it operates, and considered the risk of acts by the Group that were contrary to applicable laws and regulations,

including fraud.

We focused

on laws and regulations that could give rise to a material misstatement in the ﬁnancial statements and

considered the signiﬁcant laws and regulations to be the Companies Act 2006, the UK Listing Rules, tax legislation,

housing association regulations, health and safety legislation and the Equal Opportunity Act.

Our procedures included agreeing the ﬁnancial statement disclosures to underlying supporting documentation where

relevant, review of Board and Committee meeting minutes, enquiries with Management and those charged with

governance as to the risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations and any instances thereof and we obtained

an understanding of controls around procurement fraud.

We assessed the susceptibility of the ﬁnancial statements to material misstatement, including fraud and considered

the fraud risk areas to be revenue recognition, investment property valuations and management override of controls.

We obtained a copy of all new leases entered into during the year and checked the calculation and recognition of

rental income and agreed this back to the tenancy schedule prepared by Management.

For all leases that were in place at 31 December 2021, we set expectations for the rental income based on

information previously extracted from the leases and compared this to the actual revenue recognised in the current

year, investigating any differences above a set threshold.

We traced a sample of rental income invoiced through to bank statements to check that rent recognised is not net

of any lease concessions or additional rent free periods granted not previously identiﬁed as well as the cash being

received from the contracting tenant.

We agreed all bank balances and loans to direct bank conﬁrmations and agreements.

In addressing the risk of management override of internal controls, we tested a sample of journals and evaluated

whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.

We identiﬁed what we considered to be the key risk characteristics and targeted our sample testing to these areas.

We obtained an explanation for journals within the sample, as well as supporting evidence.This included evaluating

any management bias within the valuation of investment property, as mentioned in the investment property

valuations key audit matter above.

We communicated relevant identiﬁed laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement team

members, who were deemed to have appropriate competence and capabilities, to remain alert to any indications of

fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations throughout the audit

Our audit procedures were designed to respond to risks of material misstatement in the ﬁnancial statements,

recognising that the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting

one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery, misrepresentations or

through collusion. There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures performed and the further removed non-

compliance with laws and regulations is from the events and transactions reﬂected in the ﬁnancial statements, the

less likely we are to become aware of it.

A further description of our responsibilities is available on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.org.

uk/auditorsresponsibilities.

This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

116

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

/

USE OF OUR REPORT

This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16

of the Companies Act 2006.

Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Parent Company’s

members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose.

To the

fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Parent Company

and the Parent Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Charles Ellis (Senior Statutory Auditor)

For and on behalf of BDO LLP, Statutory Auditor

London

United Kingdom

2 March 2023

BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England and Wales (with registered number OC305127).

2023 Annual Report

117

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

![ ]()

Financial Statements

Group Statement of Comprehensive Income

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

118

Note

Year ended

Year ended

31 December 202

31 December 202

2

2

£’000

£’000

Year ended

31 December 2021

£’000

Income

Rental income

5

37,300

33,117

Expected credit loss

5

(2,073)

–

Other income

110

–

Total income

35,337

33,117

Expenses

Directors’ remuneration

6

(308)

(307)

General and administrative expenses

9

(2,854)

(2,067)

Management fees

8

(4,704)

(4,552)

Total expenses

(7,866)

(6,926)

Gain from fair value adjustment on investment property

14

8,264

8,998

Operating proﬁt

35,735

35,189

Finance income

11

56

44

Finance costs

12

(10,889)

(6,823)

Proﬁt for the year before tax

24,902

28,410

Taxation

13

–

–

Proﬁt and total comprehensive income for the year

24,902

28,410

IFRS Earnings per share – basic and diluted

36

6.18p

7.05p

The accompanying notes on pages 122 to 141 form an integral part of these Group Financial Statements.

![ ]()

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

2023 Annual Report

119

Financial Statements

Group Statement of Financial Position

as at 31 December 2022

31 December 202

31 December 202

2

2

31 December 2021

Note

£’000

£’000

£’000

Assets

Non-current assets

Investment properties

14

667,713

641,293

Trade and other receivables

15

2,889

2,311

Total non-current assets

670,602

643,604

Current assets

Assets held for sale

–

480

Trade and other receivables

16

4,272

3,435

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

17

30,139

52,470

Total current assets

34,411

56,385

Total assets

705,013

699,989

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

18

3,120

3,651

Total current liabilities

3,120

3,651

Non-current liabilities

Other payables

19

1,520

1,523

Bank and other Borrowings

20

261,088

258,702

Total non-current liabilities

262,608

260,225

Total liabilities

265,728

263,876

Total net assets

439,285

436,113

Equity

Share capital

22

4,033

4,033

Share premium reserve

23

203,753

203,753

Treasury shares reserve

24

(378)

(378)

Capital reduction reserve

25

160,394

160,394

Retained earnings

26

71,483

68,311

Total Equity

439,285

436,113

IFRS Net asset value per share – basic and diluted

37

109.06p

108.27p

The Group Financial Statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board on 2 March 2023 and signed on its behalf by:

Chris Phillips

Chair

2 March 2023

The accompanying notes on pages 122 to 141 form an integral part of these Group Financial Statements.

![ ]()

Financial Statements

Group Statement of Changes in Equity

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

120

Share

Share

capital

capital

£’000

£’000

Share

Share

premium

premium

reserve

reserve

£’000

£’000

Treasury

Treasury

shares

shares

reserve

reserve

£’000

£’000

Capital

Capital

reduction reserve

reduction reserve

£’000

£’000

Retained

Retained

earnings

earnings

£’000

£’000

Total

Total

equity

equity

£’000

£’000

Year ended 31 December 202

2

Note

Note

Balance at 1 January 2022

4,033

203,753

(378)

160,394

68,311

436,113

Proﬁt and total comprehensive income

for the year

–

–

–

–

24,902

24,902

Transactions with owners

Dividends paid

27

–

–

–

–

(21,730)

(21,730)

Balance at 31 December 2022

4,033

203,753

(378)

160,394

71,483

439,285

Share

Share

capital

capital

£’000

£’000

Share

Share

premium

premium

reserve

reserve

£’000

£’000

Treasury

Treasury

shares

shares

reserve

reserve

£’000

£’000

Capital

Capital

reduction reserve

reduction reserve

£’000

£’000

Retained

Retained

earnings

earnings

£’000

£’000

Total

Total

equity

equity

£’000

£’000

Year ended 31 December 202

1

Note

Note

Balance at 1 January 2021

4,033

203,776

(378)

166,154

55,066

428,651

Proﬁt and total comprehensive income

for the year

–

–

–

–

28,410

28,410

Transactions with owners

Share issue costs capitalised

23

–

(23)

–

–

–

(23)

Dividends paid

27

–

–

–

(5,760)

(15,165)

(20,925)

Balance at 31 December 2021

4,033

203,753

(378)

160,394

68,311

436,113

The accompanying notes on pages 122 to 141 form an integral part of these Group Financial Statements.

![ ]()

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

2023 Annual Report

121

Financial Statements

Group Statement of Cash Flows

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Year ended

Year ended

31 December 202

31 December 202

2

2

Year ended

31 December 2021

Note

£’000

£’000

£’000

Cash ﬂows from operating activities

Proﬁt before income tax

24,902

28,410

Adjustments for:

Expected credit loss

2,073

–

Gain from fair value adjustment on investment property

(8,264)

(8,998)

Finance income

(56)

(44)

Finance costs

10,889

6,823

Operating results before working capital changes

29,544

26,191

(Increase)/Decrease in trade and other receivables

(4,127)

(1,237)

(Decrease)/Increase in trade and other payables

280

(242)

Net cash ﬂow generated from operating activities

25,697

24,712

Cash ﬂows from investing activities

Purchase of investment properties

(20,611)

(61,350)

Prepaid acquisition costs paid

–

(18)

Disposal proceeds from sale of assets

2,120

125

Restricted cash – paid

(5)

(410)

Restricted cash – released

133

279

Interest received

18

–

Net cash ﬂow used in investing activities

(18,345)

(61,374)

Cash ﬂows from ﬁnancing activities

Proceeds from issue of Ordinary Shares at a premium

–

–

Ordinary Share issue costs capitalised

–

(23)

Interest paid

(7,226)

(5,615)

Bank borrowings drawn

20

–

195,000

Bank borrowings repaid

20

–

(130,000)

Loan arrangement fees paid

21

(599)

(2,728)

Dividends paid

27

(21,730)

(20,925)

Net cash ﬂow generated from ﬁnancing activities

(29,555)

35,709

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

(22,203)

(953)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

51,899

52,852

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

17

29,696

51,899

The accompanying notes on pages 122 to 141 form an integral part of these Group Financial Statements.

![ ]()

Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

122

1. CORPORATE INFORMATION

Triple Point Social Housing REIT PLC (the “Company”) is a Real

Estate Investment Trust (“REIT”) incorporated in England and

Wales under the Companies Act 2006 as a public company

limited by shares on 12 June 2017. The address of the registered

ofﬁce is 1 King William Street, United Kingdom, EC4N 7AF. The

Company is registered as an investment company under section

833 of the Companies Act 2006 and is domiciled in the United

Kingdom.

The principal activity of the Company is to act as the ultimate

parent company of Triple Point Social Housing REIT PLC and its

subsidiaries (the “Group”) and to provide shareholders with an

attractive level of income, together with the potential for capital

growth from investing in a portfolio of social homes.

2. BASIS OF PREPARATION

The ﬁnancial statements of the Group have been prepared in

accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards

and with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as

applicable to companies reporting under those standards. All

accounting policies have been applied consistently.

The Group’s Financial Statements have been prepared on a

historical cost basis, as modiﬁed for the Group’s investment

properties, which have been measured at fair value. Gains or

losses arising from changes in fair values are included in proﬁt or

loss.

On 31 December 2020, IFRS as adopted by the European Union

at that date was brought into UK law and became UK-adopted

international accounting standards, with future changes being

subject to endorsement by the UK Endorsement Board. The

Company transitioned to UK-adopted international accounting

standards in its consolidated ﬁnancial statements on 1 January

2021. There was no impact or changes in accounting policies

from the transition. The Group has applied the same accounting

policies and method of computation in these Financial Statements

as in its 2021 annual ﬁnancial statements. At the date of

authorisation of these ﬁnancial statements, there were a number

of standards and interpretations which were effective, however

none of which have an impact on these ﬁnancial statements.

2.1. GOING CONCERN

The Group beneﬁts from a secure income stream from long leases

which are not overly reliant on any one tenant and present a well-

diversiﬁed risk. The Directors have reviewed the Group’s forecast

which shows the expected annualised rental income exceeds the

expected operating costs of the Group. 91.8% of rental income

due and payable for the period ended 31 December 2022 has

been collected, rent arrears are predominantly attributable to two

Approved Providers, My Space Housing Solutions and Parasol

Homes.

The Directors believe that the Group is still well placed to manage

its ﬁnancing and other business risks and that the Group will

remain viable, continuing to operate and meet its liabilities as

they fall due. During the year, Fitch Ratings Limited assigned the

Company an investment Long-Term Issuer Default Rating of ‘A-’

with a stable outlook.

The Directors have performed an assessment of the ability of the

Group to continue as a going concern, for a period of at least 12

months from the date of signing these ﬁnancial statements. The

Directors have considered the expected obligations of the Group

for the next 12 months and are conﬁdent that all will be met.

The Directors have also considered the ﬁnancing provided to the

Group. Norland Estates Limited and TP REIT Propco 2 Limited

have bank facilities with MetLife and Metlife and Barings

respectively. TP REIT Propco 5 Ltd’s Revolving Credit Facility (RCF)

with Lloyds and Natwest cancelled in December 2022. Prior to

cancellation the facility was undrawn.

The loans secured by Norland Estates Limited and TP REIT Propco

2 Limited are subject to asset cover ratio covenants and interest

cover ratio covenants which can be found in the table below. The

Directors have also considered reverse stress testing and the

circumstances that would lead to a covenant breach. Given the

level of headroom, the Directors are of the view that the risk of

scenarios materialising that would lead to a breach of the

covenants is remote.

Norland

Norland

Estates

Estates

Limited

Limited

TP REIT

Propco 2

Limited

Asset Cover (ACR)

Asset Cover Ratio Covenant

x2.00

x1.67

Asset Cover Ratio 31 December 2022

x2.77

x2.10

Blended Net initial yield

5.55%

5.34%

Headroom (yield movement)

196bps

130bps

Interest Cover (ICR)

Interest Cover Ratio Covenant

1.75x

1.75x

Interest Cover Ratio 31 December 2022

5.02x

4.41x

Headroom (rental income movement)

65%

60%

![ ]()

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

2023 Annual Report

123

The loan secured by Norland Estates Limited asset cover ratio

was amended from previous covenant of x2.25 in August 2021 to

bring more in line with the ACR covenant in the new Note

Purchase Agreement with MetLife and Barings.

Under the downside model the forecasts have been stressed to

show the effect of some Care Providers ceasing to pay their voids

liability, and as a result this causes Approved Providers to default

under some of

the Group leases. Under the downside model the

Group will be able to settle its liabilities for a period of at least 12

months from the date of signing these ﬁnancial statements. As a

result of the above, the Directors are of the opinion that the going

concern basis adopted in the preparation of the ﬁnancial

statements is appropriate.

The Group has no short or medium term reﬁnancing risk given the

10.6 year average maturity of its long term debt facilities with

MetLife and Barings, the ﬁrst of which expires in June 2028, and

which are fully ﬁxed at an all-in weighted average rate of 2.74%.

Based on the forecasts prepared and the intentions of the Parent

Company, the Directors consider that the Group will be able to

settle its liabilities for a period of at least 12 months from the date

of signing these ﬁnancial statements and therefore has prepared

these ﬁnancial statements on the going concern basis.

2.2. CURRENCY

The Group ﬁnancial information is presented in Sterling which is

also the Company’s functional currency.

3. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING

JUDGEMENTS, ESTIMATES AND

ASSUMPTIONS

In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, which are

described in note 4, the Directors are required to make

judgements, estimates and assumptions about the carrying

amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from

other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions that

have a signiﬁcant risk of causing a material adjustment to the

carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next ﬁnancial

year are outlined below:

ESTIMATES:

3.1. INVESTMENT PROPERTIES (NOTE 14)

The Group uses the valuation carried out by its independent

valuers as the fair value of its property portfolio. The valuation is

based upon assumptions including future rental income and the

appropriate discount rate. The valuers also refer to market

evidence of transaction prices for similar properties. Further

information is provided in note 14.

The Group’s properties have been independently valued by

Jones Lang LaSalle Limited (‘JLL’ or the ‘Valuer’) in accordance

with the deﬁnitions published by the Royal Institute of Chartered

Surveyors’ (“RICS”) Valuation – Professional Standards, July 2020,

Global and UK Editions (commonly known as the “Red Book”).

JLL is one of the most recognised professional ﬁrms within social

housing valuation and has sufﬁcient current local and national

knowledge of both social housing generally and Specialist

Supported Housing and has the skills and understanding to

undertake the valuations competently.

With respect to the Group’s Financial Statements, investment

properties are valued at their fair value at each Statement of

Financial Position date in accordance with IFRS 13 which

recognises a variety of fair value inputs depending upon the

nature of the investment. Speciﬁcally:

Level 1 – Unadjusted, quoted prices for identical assets and

liabilities in active (typically quoted) markets;

Level 2 – Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active

markets; and

Level 3 – External inputs are “unobservable”. Value is the

Director’s best estimate, based on advice from relevant

knowledgeable experts, use of recognised valuation techniques

and a determination of which assumptions should be applied in

valuing such assets and with particular focus on the speciﬁc

attributes of the investments themselves.

Given the bespoke nature of each of the Group’s investments, all

of the Group’s investment properties are included in Level 3.

3.2. EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES

(ECL)

The total ECL provision is £2.1 million and relates to rental arrears

for two of the Group’s Approved Providers. A default probability

for each of the two Approved Providers, representing the

estimated percentage likelihood of them paying any outstanding

rent due at 31 December 2022, was determined based on their

latest known ﬁnancial position and any repayments plans that had

been agreed or discussed. For each provider the estimated

percentage probability of receiving unpaid rent has been

multiplied by the rental arrears for the year. These two ﬁgures

have then been aggregated to arrive at the ECL provision.

![ ]()

Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

124

JUDGEMENTS:

3.3. ASSET ACQUISITIONS

The Group acquires subsidiaries that own investment properties.

At the time of acquisition, the Group considers whether each

acquisition represents the acquisition of a business or the

acquisition of an asset. The Directors consider whether a set of

activities and assets which include an input and a substantive

process that together signiﬁcantly contribute to the ability to

create outputs has been acquired in determining whether the

acquisition represents the acquisition of a business. An optional

concentration test is also performed which assesses whether

substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is

concentrated in a single asset or group of similar assets. If such a

concentration exists, the transaction is not viewed as an acquisition

of a business and no further assessment of the business

combination guidance is required. The Group has not purchased,

and does not intend to purchase, any subsidiaries which

incorporate any assets other than investment property.

Where such acquisitions are not judged to be the acquisition of a

business, they are not treated as business combinations. Rather,

the cost to acquire the corporate entity is allocated between the

identiﬁable assets and liabilities of the entity based upon their

relative fair values at the acquisition date. Accordingly, no goodwill

or deferred tax arises.

All corporate acquisitions during the period have been treated as

asset purchases rather than business combinations because the

optional concentration test has been performed which has

determined that the fair value of the gross asset acquired is

concentrated into a single asset, investment property and

therefore is not a business combination.

3.3. THE GROUP AS LESSOR (NOTE 28)

The Group has determined, based on an evaluation of the terms

and conditions of the arrangements, that it retains all the

signiﬁcant risks and rewards of ownership of its properties and so

accounts for the leases as operating leases. This evaluation

involves judgement and the key factors considered include

comparing the duration of the lease terms compared to the

economic life of the underlying property asset, or in the case of

sub-leased properties, the remaining life of the right-of-use asset

arising from the headlease, and the present value of minimum

lease payments compared to the fair value of the asset at

acquisition.

3.4. LEASE TERM

Rental income is recognised on a straight-line basis over the

expected lease term. A judgement has to be made by the

Directors as to the expected term of each lease. The judgement

involves determining whether put and call options on certain

leases will be exercised. This judgement impacts the length of

time over which lease incentives are recognised. The key element

of this judgement is whether the Directors can be “reasonably

certain” that any options or breaks in place to extend the lease

term will be exercised at the expiry of the current lease, which is

typically some 20 years in the future. In particular, consideration

was given to the future regulatory environment, government

policy on social housing and future alternative uses for the

property. The Directors concluded that it was impossible to say

with reasonable certainty that an option will be exercised. The

Directors concluded that lease terms should be restricted to the

initial term of the lease, or to the break date, except where

reversionary lease have already been executed or where options

to extend have already been exercised.

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of

the ﬁnancial statements are set out below.

4. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

4.1. BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

The ﬁnancial statements comprise the ﬁnancial information of the

Group as at the year-end date.

Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The

Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has

rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and

can affect those returns through its power to direct the activities

of the entity. All intra-Group transactions, balances, income and

expenses

are

eliminated

on

consolidation.

The

ﬁnancial

information of the subsidiaries are included in the ﬁnancial

statements from the date that control commences until the date

that control ceases.

If an equity interest in a subsidiary is transferred but a controlling

interest continues to be held after the transfer, then the change in

ownership interest is accounted for as an equity transaction.

Accounting policies of the subsidiaries are consistent with the

policies adopted by the Group.

4.2. INVESTMENT PROPERTY

Investment property, which is property held to earn rentals and/or

for capital appreciation, is initially measured at cost, being the fair

value of the consideration given, including expenditure that is

directly attributable to the acquisition of the investment property.

The Group recognises asset acquisitions on completion. After

initial recognition, investment property is stated at its fair value at

the Statement of Financial Position date. Gains and losses arising

from changes in the fair value of investment property are included

in proﬁt or loss for the period in which they arise in the Statement

of Comprehensive Income. Subsequent expenditure is capitalised

only when it is probable that future economic beneﬁts are

associated with the expenditure.

![ ]()

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

2023 Annual Report

125

An investment property is derecognised upon disposal or when

the investment property is permanently withdrawn from use and

no future economic beneﬁts are expected to be obtained from

the disposal. Any gain or loss arising on de-recognition of the

property (calculated as the difference between the net disposal

proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset) is recorded in

proﬁt or loss in the period in which the property is derecognised.

Investment properties under construction are ﬁnanced by the

Group where the Group enters into contracts for the development

of a pre-let property under a forward funding agreement. The

Group does not expose itself to any speculative development risk

as the proposed property is pre-let to a tenant under an agreement

for lease and the Group enters into a ﬁxed price development

agreement with the Developer. Investment properties under

construction are initially recognised in line with stage payments

made to the developer. The properties are revalued at fair value

at each reporting date in the form of a work-in-progress value.

The work-in-progress value of investment properties under

construction is estimated as fair value of the completed asset less

any costs still payable in order to complete, which includes the

Developer’s margin.

During the period between initial investment and the lease

commencement date (practical completion of the works) a

coupon interest due on the funds paid in the range of typically

6-6.75% per annum is payable by the Developer. The accrued

coupon interest is considered as a discount on the ﬁxed contract

price. It does not result in any cash ﬂows during the development

but reduces the outstanding balance payable to the developer on

practical completion. When practical completion is reached, the

completed investment property is transferred to operational

assets at the fair value on the date of completion.

Signiﬁcant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions

made for the valuation of investment properties are discussed in

note 3.

4.3. LEASES

LESSOR

Leases are classiﬁed as ﬁnance leases whenever the terms of the

lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership

to the lessee. All other leases are classiﬁed as operating leases.

The Group has determined that it retains all the signiﬁcant risks

and rewards of ownership of the properties it has acquired to date

and accounts for the contracts as operating leases as discussed in

note 3.

Properties leased out under operating leases are included in

investment property in the Statement of Financial Position. Rental

income from operating leases is recognised on a straight-line

basis over the term of the relevant leases.

LESSEE

As a lessee the Group recognises a right-of-use asset within

investment properties and a lease liability for all leases, which is

included within other payables (note 18). The lease liabilities are

measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments,

discounted using an appropriate discount rate at inception of the

lease or on initial recognition. The discount rate applied by the

Group is the incremental borrowing rate at which a similar

borrowing could be obtained from an independent creditor under

comparable terms and conditions. Subsequent to initial

measurement lease liabilities increase as a result of interest

charged at a constant rate on the balance outstanding and are

reduced for lease payments made.

As leasehold properties meet the deﬁnition of investment

property, the right-of-use assets are presented within investment

property (note 14), and after initial recognition are subsequently

measured at fair value.

SUB-LEASES

Leases are classiﬁed as ﬁnance leases whenever the terms of the

lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership

of the underlying property asset to the lessee. Sub-leases of

leasehold properties are classiﬁed with reference to the right-of-

use asset arising from the head lease. All other leases are classiﬁed

as operating leases.

4.4. RENT AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Rent and other receivables are amounts due in the ordinary

course of business. If collection is expected in one year or less,

they are classiﬁed as current assets.

Rent receivables are initially recognised at fair value plus

transaction costs and are subsequently carried at amortised cost,

less provision for impairment.

Impairment provisions for current and non-current rent receivables

are recognised based on the simpliﬁed approach within IFRS 9

using a provision matrix in the determination of the lifetime

expected credit losses. During this process the probability of the

non-payment of the rent receivables is assessed. This probability

is then multiplied by the amount of the expected loss arising from

default to determine the lifetime expected credit loss for the rent

receivables. For rent receivables, which are reported net, such

provisions are recorded in a separate provision account with the

loss being recognised in the consolidated statement of

comprehensive income. On conﬁrmation that the rent receivable

will not be collectable, the gross carrying value of the asset is

written off against the associated provision.

![ ]()

Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

126

Impairment provisions for all other receivables are recognised

based on a forward-looking expected credit loss model using the

general approach. The methodology used to determine the

amount of the provision is based on whether there has been a

signiﬁcant increase in credit risk since initial recognition of the

ﬁnancial asset. For those where the credit risk has not increased

signiﬁcantly since initial recognition of the ﬁnancial asset, twelve

month expected credit losses along with gross interest income

are recognised. For those for which credit risk has increased

signiﬁcantly, lifetime expected credit losses along with the gross

interest income are recognised. For those that are determined to

be credit impaired, lifetime expected credit losses along with

interest income on a net basis are recognised.

4.5. CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND

RESTRICTED CASH

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash include cash in hand,

cash held by lawyers and liquidity funds with a term of no more

than three months that are readily convertible to a known amount

of cash, and which are subject to an insigniﬁcant risk of changes

in value.

Cash held by lawyers is money held in escrow for expenses

expected to be incurred in relation to investment properties

pending completion. These funds are available immediately on

demand.

Restricted Cash represents cash held in relation to retentions for

repairs, maintenance and improvement works by the vendors that

is committed on the acquisition of the properties, and restricted

bank borrowings.

4.6. PROVISIONS

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present

obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is

probable that the Group will be required to settle that obligation

and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the

obligation.

The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the

expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the

Statement of Financial Position date, considering the risks and

uncertainties surrounding the obligation.

4.7. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Trade and other payables are classiﬁed as current liabilities if

payment is due within one year or less from the end of the current

accounting period. If not, they are presented as non-current

liabilities. Trade and other payables are recognised initially at their

fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the

effective interest method until settled.

4.8. BANK AND OTHER BORROWINGS

Bank borrowings and the Group’s loan notes are initially

recognised at fair value net of any transaction costs directly

attributable to the issue of the instrument. Such interest-bearing

liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the

effective interest rate method, which ensure that any interest

expense over the period to repayment is at a constant rate on the

balance of the liability carried in the Group Statement of Financial

Position. For the purposes of each ﬁnancial liability, interest

expense includes initial transaction costs and any premium

payable on redemption, as well as any interest or coupon payment

while the liability is outstanding.

Modiﬁcations to borrowing terms are assessed when agreed with

the lender to determine if they represent a substantial or non-

substantial modiﬁcation under IFRS 9. This involves the ‘10% test’

comparing the discounted present value of the revised cash ﬂows

against the carrying value of the loan, as well as a review of any

other qualitative changes to the terms. If the modiﬁcations are

deemed substantial, the existing liability is extinguished and a

new liability is recognised, with the difference between the

carrying amount of the existing ﬁnancial liability and the fair value

of the modiﬁed ﬁnancial liability at modiﬁcation date being

recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income. If the

modiﬁcation is deemed non-substantial, costs or fees incurred are

adjusted against the liability and are amortised over the remaining

term.

4.9. TAXATION

Taxation on the element of the proﬁt or loss for the period that is

not exempt under UK REIT regulations would be comprised of

current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the Statement of

Comprehensive Income except to the extent that it relates to

items recognised as direct movement in equity, in which case it is

recognised as a direct movement in equity. Current tax is the

expected tax payable on any non-REIT taxable income for the

period, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the

Statement of Financial Position date, and any adjustment to tax

payable in respect of previous periods.

4.10. DIVIDENDS PAYABLE TO

SHAREHOLDERS

Dividends to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as a

liability in the Group’s Financial Statements in the period in which

the dividends are approved. Interim dividends are recognised

when paid.

![ ]()

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

2023 Annual Report

127

4.11. RENTAL INCOME

Rental income from investment property is recognised on a

straight-line basis over the term of ongoing leases and is shown

gross of any UK income tax. A rental adjustment is recognised

from the rent review date in relation to unsettled rent reviews,

where the Directors are reasonably certain that the rental uplift

will be agreed.

Tenant lease incentives are recognised as a reduction of rental

revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. These

are recognised within trade and other receivables on the

Statement of Financial Position.

When the Group enters into a forward funded transaction, the

future tenant signs an agreement for lease. No rental income is

recognised under the agreement for lease, but once the practical

completion has taken place the formal lease is signed at which

point rental income commences to be recognised in the Statement

of Comprehensive Income.

4.12. FINANCE INCOME AND FINANCE

COSTS

Finance income is recognised as interest accrues on cash balances

held by the Group. Finance costs consist of interest and other

costs that the Group incurs in connection with bank and other

borrowings. These costs are expensed in the period in which they

occur. Borrowing costs that are separately identiﬁable and directly

attributable to the acquisition or construction of forward funded

assets that take a substantial period of time to complete are

capitalised as part of the development cost in investment property

(note 14).

4.13. EXPENSES

All expenses are recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive

Income on an accruals basis.

4.14. INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT FEES

Investment advisory fees are recognised in the Statement of

Comprehensive Income on an accruals basis.

4.15. SHARE ISSUE COSTS

The costs of issuing or reacquiring equity instruments (other than

in a business combination) are accounted for as a deduction from

equity.

4.16. TREASURY SHARES

Consideration paid or received for the purchase or sale of treasury

shares is recognised directly in equity. The cost of treasury shares

held is presented as a separate reserve (“the treasury share

reserve”). Any excess of the consideration received on the sale of

treasury shares over the weighted average cost of the shares sold

is credited to retained earnings.

5. RENTAL INCOME

Year ended

Year ended

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

Year ended

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

£’000

Rental income – freehold assets

35,087

31,071

Rental income – leasehold assets

2,213

2,046

37,300

33,117

Expected credit loss

2,073

–

The lease agreements between the Group and the Registered

Providers are fully repairing and insuring leases. The Registered

Providers are responsible for the settlement of all present and future

rates, taxes, costs and other impositions payable in respect of the

property. As a result, no direct property expenses were incurred.

All rental income arose within the United Kingdom.

The expected loss rates are based on the Group’s credit losses

which occurred in the year under review for the ﬁrst time since IPO.

The loss rates are then adjusted for current and forward-looking

information affecting the Group’s tenants. The total ECL provision is

£2.1 million and relates to rental arrears for two of the Group’s

Approved Providers. For each provider the estimated percentage

probability of receiving unpaid rent has been multiplied by the

rental arrears for the period. These two ﬁgures have then been

aggregated to arrive at the ECL provision. The residual balance

not provided through the statement of comprehensive income is

£1.0 million.

6. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

Year ended

Year ended

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

Year ended

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

£’000

Directors’ fees

275

275

Employer’s National Insurance

Contributions

33

32

308

307

Additional fees paid – capitalised as

share issue costs

–

–

308

307

The Directors are remunerated for their services at such rate as

the Directors shall from time to time determine. The Chairman

receives a Director’s fee of £75,000 per annum (2021: £75,000),

and the other Directors of the Board receive a fee of £50,000 per

annum (2021: £50,000). The Directors are also entitled to an

additional fee of £7,500 in connection with the production of

every prospectus by the Company. Each Director was paid this

additional fee in 2020 following the publication of the prospectus,

but no additional fees were received during 2022 or 2021. A

![ ]()

Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

128

summary of the Directors’ emoluments, including the disclosures

required by the Companies Act 2006, is set out in the Directors’

Remuneration Report within the Corporate Governance Report.

None of the Directors received any advances or credits from any

group entity during the year.

7. PARTICULARS OF EMPLOYEES

The Group and Company had no employees during the year

other than the Directors (2021: none).

8. MANAGEMENT FEES

Year ended

Year ended

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

Year ended

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

£’000

Management fees

4,704

4,552

4,704

4,552

On 20 July 2017 Triple Point Investment Management LLP ‘TPIM’

was appointed as the delegated investment manager of the

Company by entering into the property management services

and delegated portfolio management agreement. Under this

agreement the delegated investment manager will advise the

Company and provide certain management services in respect of

the property portfolio. A Deed of Variation was signed on 23

August 2018. This deﬁned cash balances in the Net Asset Value

calculation in respect of the management fee as “positive

uncommitted cash balances after deducting any borrowings”.

The management fee is an annual management fee which is

calculated quarterly in arrears based upon a percentage of the

last published Net Asset Value of the Group (not taking into

account uncommitted cash balances after deducting borrowings

as described above) as at 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and

31 December in each year on the following basis with effect from

Admission:

•

on that part of the Net Asset Value up to and including £250

million, an amount equal to 1% of such part of the Net Asset

Value;

•

on that part of the Net Asset Value over £250 million and up to

and including £500 million, an amount equal to 0.9% of such

part of the Net Asset Value;

•

on that part of the Net Asset Value over £500 million and up to

and including £1 billion, an amount equal to 0.8% of such part

of the Net Asset Value; and

•

on that part of the Net Asset Value over £1 billion, an amount

equal to 0.7% of such part of the Net Asset Value.

Management fees of £4,704,000 (2021: £4,552,000) were

chargeable by TPIM during the year. At the year end £1,159,000

(2021: £1,146,000) was due to TPIM.

By two agreements dated 30 June 2020, the Company appointed

TPIM as its Alternative Investment Fund Manager by entering into

an Alternative Investment Fund Management Agreement and

(separately) documented TPIM’s continued appointment as the

provider of portfolio and property management services by

entering into an Investment Management Agreement.

9. GENERAL AND

ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

Year ended

Year ended

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

Year ended

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

£’000

Legal and professional fees

829

673

Audit fees

371

256

Administration fees

324

336

Lease transfer costs

151

40

Other administrative expenses

1,179

762

2,854

2,067

On 1 October 2019 Hanway Advisory Limited, who are associated

with Triple Point Investment Management LLP the delegated

investment manager, were appointed to provide Administration

and Company Secretarial Services to the Group. Within

Administration Fees is an amount of £324,000 (2021: £326,000)

for Company Secretarial Services chargeable by Hanway Advisory

Limited.

The audit fees in the table above are inclusive of VAT, and

therefore differ to the fees in note 10 which are reported net of

VAT.

On 30 June 2020 Triple Point Investment Management LLP was

appointed as the fund’s Alternative Investment Fund Manager

(AIFM) to perform certain functions for the Group. During the year

AIFM services of £192,000 (2021: £175,000) were chargeable by

TPIM. At the year end £48,000 (2021: £44,000) was due to TPIM.

Lease transfer costs represent repairs costs incurred in relation to

the transfer of 12 leases from Westmoreland and amortisation

costs in relation to the original transfer costs.

![ ]()

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

2023 Annual Report

129

10. AUDIT FEES

Year ended

Year ended

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

Year ended

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

£’000

Group audit fees – current year

242

189

Subsidiary audit fees

31

24

273

213

Non audit fees paid to BDO LLP included £36,000 (2021: £29,000)

in relation to the half year interim review.

The audit fee for the following subsidiaries has been borne by the

Company:

>

TP REIT Super Holdco Limited

>

Norland Estates Limited

>

TP REIT Holdco 1 Limited

>

TP REIT Propco 2 Limited

>

TP REIT Holdco 2 Limited

>

TP REIT Propco 3 Limited

>

TP REIT Holdco 3 Limited

>

TP REIT Propco 4 Limited

>

TP REIT Holdco 4 Limited

>

TP REIT Propco 5 Limited

>

TP REIT Holdco 5 Limited

11. FINANCE INCOME

Year ended

Year ended

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

Year ended

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

£’000

Other interest income

56

44

56

44

12. FINANCE COSTS

Year ended

Year ended

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

Year ended

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

£’000

Interest payable on bank borrowings

7,217

5,492

Amortisation of loan arrangement fees

1,006

1,279

Written off loan arrangement fees

2,619

–

Head lease interest expense

37

44

Bank charges

9

8

10,889

6,823

Total ﬁnance cost for ﬁnancial liabilities

not at fair value through proﬁt or loss

10,880

6,815

Written off loan arrangement fees relate to the Lloyds and

NatWest loan facility that was reduced and subsequently

cancelled during the year, all remaining unamortised loan

arrangement fees were written off.

13. TAXATION

As a UK REIT, the Group is exempt from corporation tax on the

proﬁts and gains from its property investment business, provided

it meets certain conditions as set out in the UK REIT regulations.

For the current period, the Group did not have any non-qualifying

proﬁts and accordingly there is no tax charge in the period. If

there were any non-qualifying proﬁts and gains, these would be

subject to corporation tax. It is assumed that the Group will

continue to be a group UK REIT for the foreseeable future, such

that deferred tax has not been recognised on temporary

differences relating to the property rental business.

Year ended

Year ended

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

Year ended

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

£’000

Current tax

Corporation tax charge for the year

–

–

Total current income tax charge in the

proﬁt or loss

–

–

The tax charge for the period is less than the standard rate of

corporation tax in the UK of 19% (2021: 19%). The differences are

explained below.

Year ended

Year ended

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

Year ended

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

£’000

Proﬁt for the year before tax

24,902

28,410

Tax at UK corporation tax standard rate

of 19%

4,731

5,398

Change in value of investment properties

(2,727)

(1,710)

Disposal of investment property

1,157

–

Exempt REIT income

(3,768)

(4,202)

Amounts not deductible for tax purposes

27

22

Unutilised residual current period tax

losses

580

492

–

–

UK REIT exempt income includes property rental income that is

exempt from UK Corporation Tax in accordance with Part 12 of

CTA 2010.

![ ]()

Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

130

14. INVESTMENT PROPERTY

Operational

assets

Properties

under

development

Total

£’000

£’000

£’000

As at 1 January 2022

641,293

–

641,293

Acquisitions and additions

19,752

–

19,752

Fair value adjustment\*

15,239

–

15,239

Movement in head lease

ground rent liability

(2)

–

(2)

Disposals

(8,569)

–

(8,569)

As at 31 December 202

2

667,713

–

667,713

Operational

assets

Properties

under

development

Total

£’000

£’000

£’000

As at 1 January 2021

565,533

6,568

572,101

Acquisitions and additions

59,114

1,568

60,682

Fair value adjustment\*

9,513

–

9,513

Movement in head lease ground

rent liability

5

–

5

Transfer of completed properties

8,136

(8,136)

–

Reclassiﬁed to assets held

for sale

(1,008)

–

(1,008)

As at 31 December 2021

641,293

–

641,293

\*Additions in the table above differs to the total investment cost of new

properties in the period in the front end due to retentions no longer payable

which were credited to Investment Property additions.

\*Gain from fair value adjustment on investment properties in the condensed

Group statement of comprehensive income is net of the loss from fair value

adjustments on assets held for sale of £0.88m (31 December 2021 – £0.51m)

and loss on disposal of three assets of £6.1m (31 December 2021 – £nil).

Reconciliation to independent valuation:

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

£’000

Investment property valuation

669,077

642,018

Fair value adjustment – head lease

ground rent

1,460

1,462

Fair value adjustment – lease incentive debtor

(2,824)

(2,187)

667,713

641,293

Properties under development represent contracts for the

development of a pre-let property under a forward funding

agreement. Where the development period is expected to be a

substantial period, the borrowing costs that can be directly

attributed to getting the asset ready for use are capitalised as part

of the investment property value. All properties under

development were completed in 2021. There are no properties

under development as at 31 December 2021 or 2022.

The carrying value of leasehold properties at 31 December 2022

was £40.1 million (2021: £39.36 million).

In accordance with “IAS 40: Investment Property”, the Group’s

investment properties have been independently valued at fair

value by Jones Lang LaSalle Limited (“JLL”), an accredited

external valuer with recognised and relevant professional

qualiﬁcations. The independent valuers provide their fair value of

the Group’s investment property portfolio every three months.

JLL were appointed as external valuers by the Board on 11

December 2017. JLL has provided valuations services to the

Group. The proportion of the total fees payable by the Company

to JLL’s total fee income is minimal. Additionally, JLL has a rotation

policy in place whereby the signatories on the valuations rotate

after seven years.

% KEY STATISTIC

The metrics below are in relation to the total investment property

portfolio held as at 31 December 2022.

Portfolio metrics

Portfolio metrics

31 December 202

31 December 202

2

2

31 December 2021

Capital Deployed (£’000)

\*

581,647

569,991

Number of Properties

497

488

Number of Tenancies

\*\*\*

395

382

Number of Approved Providers

\*\*\*

27

24

Number of Local Authorities

\*\*\*

153

156

Number of Care Providers

\*\*\*

123

115

Valuation Net Initial Yield (NIY)

\*\*

5.49%

5.25%

\* calculated excluding acquisition costs.

\*\* calculated using IAS 40 valuations (excluding forward funding acquisitions).

\*\*\* calculated excluding forward funding acquisitions.

![ ]()

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

2023 Annual Report

131

REGIONAL EXPOSURE

31 December 202

31 December 202

2

2

31 December 2021

Region

Region

\*Cost

\*Cost

£’000

£’000

% of funds

% of funds

invested

invested

\*

Cost

£’000

% of funds

invested

North West

115,042

19.8

122,622

21.5

West Midlands

94,790

16.3

92,794

16.3

East Midlands

69,429

11.9

64,595

11.3

London

49,579

8.5

49,526

8.7

North East

51,986

8.9

47,061

8.3

Yorkshire

86,293

14.8

81,034

14.2

South East

54,799

9.4

52,196

9.2

South West

27,466

4.7

27,900

4.9

East

23,703

4.1

23,703

4.2

Scotland

5,900

1.0

5,900

1.0

Wales

2,660

0.6

2,660

0.4

Total

581,647

100

569,991

100

\* excluding acquisition costs.

FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY

Date of

Date of

valuation

valuation

Total

Total

£’000

£’000

Quoted

Quoted

prices in

prices in

active

active

markets

markets

(Level 1)

(Level 1)

£’000

£’000

Significant

Significant

observable

observable

inputs

inputs

(Level 2)

(Level 2)

£’000

£’000

Significant

Significant

unobservable

unobservable

inputs

inputs

(Level 3)

(Level 3)

£’000

£’000

Assets measured at

fair value:

Investment

properties

31 December

2022

667,713

–

–

667,713

Investment

properties

31 December

2021

641,293

–

–

641,293

There have been no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during

the year, nor have there been any transfers between Level 2 and

Level 3 during the year.

The valuations have been prepared in accordance with the RICS

Valuation – Professional Standards (incorporating the International

Valuation Standards) by JLL, one of the leading professional ﬁrms

engaged in the social housing sector.

As noted previously, all of the Group’s investment properties are

reported as Level 3 in accordance with IFRS 13 where external

inputs are “unobservable” and value is the Directors’ best

estimate, based upon advice from relevant knowledgeable

experts.

In this instance, the determination of the fair value of investment

property requires an examination of the speciﬁc merits of each

property that are in turn considered pertinent to the valuation.

These include i) the regulated social housing sector and demand

for the facilities offered by each Specialised Supported Housing

property owned by the Group; ii) the particular structure of the

Group’s transactions where vendors, at their own expense,

meet

the majority of the refurbishment costs of each property and

certain purchase costs; iii) detailed ﬁnancial analysis with discount

rates supporting the carrying value of each property; iv) underlying

rents for each property being subject to independent

benchmarking and adjustment where the Group considers them

too high (resulting in a price reduction for the purchase or

withdrawal from the transaction); and v) a full repairing and

insuring lease with annual indexation based on CPI or CPI+1%

and effectively 25 years outstanding, in most cases with a

Registered Provider itself regulated by the Regulator.

The valuer treats the fair value for forward funded assets as work-

in-progress value whereby the Group forward funds a development

by committing a total sum, the Gross Development Value (“GDV”)

over the development period in order to receive the completed

development at practical completion. The work-in-progress value

of the asset increases during the construction period accordingly

as payments are made by the Group which leads, in turn, to a pro-

rata increase in the valuation in each quarter valuation assuming

there are no material events affecting the GDV adversely. Interest

accrued during construction as well as an estimation of future

interest accrual prior to lease commencement will be deducted

from the balancing payment which is the ﬁnal payment to be

drawn by the developer prior to the Group receiving the

completed building. All properties under development were

completed in 2021. There were no forward funded assets in the

portfolio as at 31 December 2022.

Descriptions and deﬁnitions relating to valuation techniques and

key unobservable inputs made in determining fair values are as

follows:

VALUATION TECHNIQUES: DISCOUNTED

CASH FLOWS

The discounted cash ﬂows model considers the present value of

net cash ﬂows to be generated from the property, taking into

account the expected rental growth rate and lease incentive costs

such as rent-free periods. The expected net cash ﬂows are then

discounted using risk-adjusted discount rates.

There are two main unobservable inputs that determine the fair

value of the Group’s investment property:

1.

the rate of inﬂation as measured by CPI; it should be noted

that all leases beneﬁt from either CPI or RPI indexation; and

2.

the discount rate applied to the rental ﬂows.

![ ]()

Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

132

Key factors in determining the discount rates to assess the level of

uncertainty applied include: the performance of the regulated

social housing sector and demand for each Specialised Supported

Housing property owned by the Group; costs of acquisition and

refurbishment of each property; the anticipated future underlying

cash ﬂows for each property; benchmarking of each underlying

rent for each property (passing rent); and the fact that all of the

Group’s properties have the beneﬁt of full repairing and insuring

leases entered into by a Housing Association.

All the properties within the Group’s portfolio beneﬁt from leases

with annual indexation based upon CPI or RPI. The fair value

measurement is based on the above items highest and best use,

which does not differ from their actual use.

SENSITIVITIES OF MEASUREMENT OF

SIGNIFICANT UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS

As set out within the signiﬁcant accounting estimates and

judgements in note 3, the Group’s property portfolio valuation is

open to judgements and is inherently subjective by nature.

As a result, the following sensitivity analysis has been prepared:

AVERAGE DISCOUNT RATE AND

RANGE:

The average discount rate used in the Group’s property portfolio

valuation is 6.82% (2021: 6.63%).

The range of discount rates used in the Group’s property portfolio

valuation is from 6.2% to 8.6% (2021: 6.21% to 8%).

-0.5%

-0.5%

change in

change in

Discount

Discount

Rate

Rate

£’000

£’000

+0.5%

+0.5%

change in

change in

Discount

Discount

Rate

Rate

£’000

£’000

+0.25%

+0.25%

change

change

in CPI

in CPI

£’000

£’000

-0.25%

-0.25%

change

change

in CPI

in CPI

£’000

£’000

Changes in the

IFRS fair value

of investment

properties as at

31 December

2022

40,552

(36,941)

21,037

(20,207)

Changes as at

31 December

2021

26,922

(24,663)

21,190

(20,238)

Given that the factors on which the valuations are based have not

been adversely affected by

COVID

, there has been no direct

impact to the investment property valuation at 31 December

2022. The valuations have also not been inﬂuenced by climate

related factors due to there being little measurable impact on

inputs at present.

15. TRADE AND OTHER

RECEIVABLES (NON-CURRENT)

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

£’000

Other receivables

172

183

Lease incentive debtor

2,717

2,128

2,889

2,311

The Directors consider that the carrying value of trade and other

receivables approximate their fair value. All amounts are due to

be received in more than one year from the reporting date.

16. TRADE AND OTHER

RECEIVABLES (CURRENT)

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

£’000

Rent receivable

3,209

1,971

Prepayments

174

796

Other receivables

782

608

Lease incentive debtor

107

60

4,272

3,435

The Directors consider that the carrying value of trade and other

receivables approximate their fair value. All amounts are due to

be received within one year from the reporting date.

The Group applies the general approach to providing for

expected credit losses under IFRS 9 for other receivables. Where

the credit loss relates to revenue already recognised in the Income

Statement, the expected credit loss allowance is recognised in

the Statement of Comprehensive Income . Expected credit losses

totalling £2,073,000 (2021: nil) were charged to the Statement of

Comprehensive Income in the year.

17. CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS

AND RESTRICTED CASH

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

£’000

Cash held by lawyers

544

8,459

Restricted cash

443

571

Ring-fenced cash

–

4,451

Cash at bank

29,152

38,989

30,139

52,470

![ ]()

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

2023 Annual Report

133

Cash held by lawyers is money held in escrow for expenses

expected to be incurred in relation to investment properties

pending completion. These funds are available immediately on

demand.

Restricted cash represents retention money (held by lawyers only)

in relation to repair, maintenance and improvement works by the

vendors to bring the properties up to satisfactory standards for

the Group and the tenants. The cash is committed on the

acquisition of the properties. It also includes funds held in an

escrow account in relation to the transfer of leases during 2020.

Ring-fenced cash includes retention monies held by Coutts in a

“charged” account which requires lender’s permission to release.

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

£’000

Total Cash, cash equivalents and

restricted cash

30,139

52,470

Restricted cash

(443)

(571)

Cash reported on Group Statement of

Cash Flows

29,696

51,899

18. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

31 December

2021

Current liabilities

£’000

£’000

£’000

Accruals

2,014

2,373

Trade payables

37

48

Head lease ground rent (note 28)

40

39

Other creditors

1,029

1,191

3,120

3,651

The Other Creditors balance consists of retentions due on

completion of outstanding works and on the rebate of SDLT

refunds. The Directors consider that the carrying value of trade

and other payables approximate their fair value. All amounts are

due for payment within one year from the reporting date.

19. OTHER PAYABLES

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

31 December

2021

Non-current liabilities

£’000

£’000

£’000

Head lease ground rent (note 28)

1,420

1,423

Rent deposit

100

100

1,520

1,523

20. BANK AND OTHER

BORROWINGS

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

£’000

£’000

31 December

2021

£’000

Bank and other borrowings drawn at year end

263,500

263,500

Unamortised costs at beginning of period

(4,798)

(3,573)

Less: loan issue costs incurred

(131)

(2,390)

Add: loan issue costs amortised

433

1,165

Add: loan issue costs written off

2,085

–

Unamortised costs at end of the year

(2,412)

(4,798)

Balance at year end

261,088

258,702

The amount of loan arrangement fees written off and amortised in

note 12, and loan issue costs in the Statement of cash ﬂows differs

to the amounts in the table above as this excludes amounts in

relation to the undrawn cancelled RCF which amount to £534k,

£573k and £468k respectively.

At 31 December 2022 there were undrawn bank borrowings of

£NIL (2021: £160 million).

As at 31 December 2022, the Group’s borrowings comprised two

debt facilities:

•

a long dated, ﬁxed rate, interest only ﬁnancing arrangement in

the form of a private placement of loan notes in an amount of

£68.5 million with MetLife Investment Management (and

afﬁliated funds) and

•

£195 million long dated, ﬁxed rate, interest only sustainability-

linked loan notes through a private placement with MetLife

Investment Management clients and Barings

The Group also had access to £160m Revolving Credit Facility

(RCF) with Lloyds and NatWest during the year which was

cancelled in December 2022. Prior to being cancelled, the facility

was undrawn.

![ ]()

Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

134

LOAN NOTES

The Loan Notes of £68.5 million are secured against a portfolio of

Specialised Supported Housing assets throughout the UK, worth

approximately £189 million (31 December 2021 - £188 million).

The Loan Notes represent a loan-to-value of 40% of the value of

the secured pool of assets and are split into two tranches:

Tranche-A, is an amount of £41.5 million, has a term of 10 years

from utilisation and is priced at an all-in coupon of 2.94% pa; and

Tranche-B, is an amount of £27 million, has a term of 15 years

from utilisation and is priced at an all-in coupon of 3.215% pa. On

a blended basis, the weighted average term is 12 years carrying a

weighted average ﬁxed rate coupon of 3.04% pa. At 31 December

2022, the Loan Notes have been independently valued at £55.8

million which has been used to calculate the Group’s EPRA Net

Disposal Value in note 36 of the Unaudited Performance Measures.

The fair value is determined by comparing the discounted future

cash ﬂows using the contracted yields with the reference gilts plus

the margin implied. The reference gilts used were the Treasury

3.687% 2028 Gilt (Tranche A) and Treasury 3.665% 2033 Gilt

(Tranche B), with an implied margin that is unchanged since the

date of ﬁxing.

In August 2021, the Group put in place Loan Notes of £195

million which enabled the Group to reﬁnance the full £130 million

previously drawn under its £160 million RCF with Lloyds and

Natwest. The Loan Notes are secured against a portfolio of

Specialised Supported Housing assets throughout the UK, worth

approximately £410 million. The Loan Notes represent a loan-to-

value of 40% of the value of the secured pool of assets and are

split into two tranches: Tranche-A, is an amount of £77.5 million,

has a term of 10 years from utilisation and is priced at an all-in

coupon of 2.403% pa; and Tranche-B, is an amount of £117.5

million, has a term of 15 years from utilisation and is priced at an

all-in coupon of 2.786% pa. On a blended basis, the weighted

average term is 13 years carrying a weighted average ﬁxed rate

coupon of 2.634% pa. At 31 December 2022, the Loan Notes

have been independently valued at £134.6 million which has

been used to calculate the Group’s EPRA Net Disposal Value in

note 36 of the Unaudited Performance Measures. The fair value is

determined by comparing the discounted future cash ﬂows using

the contracted yields with the reference gilts plus the margin

implied. The reference gilts used were the Treasury 3.598% 2031

Gilt (Tranche A) and Treasury 3.929% 2036 Gilt (Tranche B), with

an implied margin that is unchanged since the date of ﬁxing.

The loans are considered a Level 2 fair value measurement.

The Group has met all compliance with its ﬁnancial covenants on

the above loans throughout the year.

Undrawn committed bank

Undrawn committed bank

facilities – maturity profile

facilities – maturity profile

Total

Total

£’000

£’000

< 1 year

< 1 year

£’000

£’000

1 to 2

1 to 2

years

years

£’000

£’000

3 to 5

3 to 5

years

years

£’000

£’000

> 5

> 5

years

years

£’000

£’000

At 31 December 2022

–

–

–

–

–

At 31 December 2021

160,000

–

– 160,000

–

21. NOTES SUPPORTING

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Reconciliation of liabilities to cash ﬂows from ﬁnancing activities:

Bank

Bank

borrowings

borrowings

£’000

£’000

(note 20)

(note 20)

Head lease

Head lease

£’000

£’000

(note 18,19)

(note 18,19)

Total

Total

£’000

£’000

At 1 January 2022

258,702

1,463

260,165

Cash ﬂows:

Repayment of principal on head

lease liabilities

–

(40)

(40)

Loan arrangement fees paid

(131)

–

(131)

Non-cash ﬂows:

– Amortisation of loan

arrangement fees

433

–

433

–

Loan arrangement fees written

off

2,084

–

2,084

– Head lease additions

–

–

–

– Accrued interest on head

lease liabilities

–

37

37

At 31 December 2022

261,088

1,460

262,548

Bank

Bank

borrowings

borrowings

£’000

£’000

(note 20)

(note 20)

Head lease

Head lease

£’000

£’000

(note 18,19)

(note 18,19)

Total

Total

£’000

£’000

At 1 January 2021

194,927

1,456

196,383

Cash ﬂows:

Bank borrowings drawn

195,000

–

195,000

Bank borrowings repaid

(130,000)

–

(130,000)

Repayment of principal on head

lease liabilities

–

(39)

(39)

Loan arrangement fees paid

(2,728)

–

(2,728)

Non-cash ﬂows:

– Amortisation of loan

arrangement fees

1,278

–

1,278

– Loan arrangement fees paid

in advance recognised in

prepayments

225

–

225

– Head lease additions

–

2

2

– Accrued interest on head

lease liabilities

–

44

44

At 31 December 2021

258,702

1,463

260,165

![ ]()

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

2023 Annual Report

135

22. SHARE CAPITAL

Issued and

fully paid

Issued and

fully paid

Number

£’000

At 1 January 2022

403,239,002

4,033

At 31 December 202

2

403,239,002

4,033

Issued and

Issued and

fully paid

fully paid

Issued and

Issued and

fully paid

fully paid

Number

Number

£’000

£’000

At 1 January 2021

403,239,002

4,033

At 31 December 2021

403,239,002

4,033

The Company achieved admission to the specialist fund segment

of the main market of the London Stock Exchange on 8 August

2017, raising £200 million. As a result of the IPO, at 8 August

2017, 200,000,000 shares at one pence each were issued and

fully paid. The Company was admitted to the premium segment

of the Ofﬁcial List of the Financial Conduct Authority and migrated

to trading on the premium segment of the Main Market on 27

March 2018.

Following a fourth public offer on 21 October 2020, a further

51,886,792 Ordinary Shares of one pence each were issued and

fully paid.

Rights, preferences and restrictions on shares: All Ordinary Shares

carry equal rights, and no privileges are attached to any shares in

the Company. All the shares are freely transferable, except as

otherwise provided by law. The holders of Ordinary Shares are

entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and

are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Company. All

shares rank equally with regard to the Company’s residual assets.

The table above includes 450,000 treasury shares (note 24).

Treasury shares do not hold any voting rights.

23. SHARE PREMIUM RESERVE

The share premium relates to amounts subscribed for share

capital in excess of nominal value.

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

£’000

£’000

31 December

2021

£’000

Balance at beginning of year

203,753

203,776

Share premium arising on Ordinary

Shares issue

–

–

Share issue costs capitalised

–

(23)

Balance at end of year

203,753

203,753

24. TREASURY SHARES RESERVE

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

£’000

£’000

31 December

2021

£’000

Balance at beginning of year

(378)

(378)

Own shares repurchased

–

–

Balance at end of year

(378)

(378)

The treasury shares reserve relates to the value of shares purchased

by the Company in excess of nominal value. No treasury shares

were purchased during the current or prior year. During the year

ended 31 December 2019, the Company purchased 450,000 of

its own 1p Ordinary Shares at a total gross cost of £377,706

(£374,668 cost of shares and £3,038 associated costs). As at 31

December 2022 and 31 December 2021, 450,000 1p Ordinary

Shares were held by the Company.

25. CAPITAL REDUCTION

RESERVE

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

£’000

£’000

31 December

2021

£’000

Balance at beginning of year

160,394

166,154

Dividends paid

–

(5,760)

Balance at end of year

160,394

160,394

The capital reduction reserve relates to the distributable reserve

established on cancellation of the share premium reserve.

Dividends have been distributed out of Retained Earnings and

the Capital Reduction Reserve in the year ended 31 December

2022.

26. RETAINED EARNINGS

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

£’000

£’000

31 December

2021

£’000

Balance at beginning of year

68,311

55,066

Total comprehensive income for the year

24,902

28,410

Dividends paid

(21,730)

(15,165)

Balance at end of year

71,483

68,311

![ ]()

Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

136

27. DIVIDENDS

Year ended

Year ended

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

£’000

£’000

Year ended

31 December

2021

£’000

1.295p for the 3 months to 31 December

2020 paid on 26 March 2021

–

5,217

1.3p for the 3 months to 31 March 2021

paid on 25 June 2021

–

5,236

1.3p for the 3 months to 30 June 2021

paid on 30 September 2021

–

5,236

1.3p for the 3 months to 30 September

2021 paid on 17 December 2021

–

5,236

1.3p for the 3 months to 31 December

2021 paid on 25 March 2022

5,236

–

1.365p for the 3 months to 31 March

2022 paid on 24 June 2022

5,498

–

1.365p for the 3 months to 30 June 2022

paid on 30 September 2022

5,498

–

1.365p for the 3 months to 30

September 2022 paid on 16

December 2022

5,498

–

21,730

20,925

On 2 March 2023, the Company declared an interim dividend of

1.365 pence per Ordinary Share for the period 1 October 2022 to

31 December 2022. The total dividend of £5,498,070 will be paid

on 31 March 2023 to Ordinary shareholders on the register on

17 March 2023.

The Company intends to pay dividends to shareholders on a

quarterly basis and in accordance with the REIT regime.

Dividends are not payable in respect of its Treasury shares held.

28. LEASES

A. LEASES AS LESSEE

The following table sets out a maturity analysis of lease payments,

showing the undiscounted lease payments to be paid after the

reporting date:

< 1 year

< 1 year

£’000

£’000

1

1

-

-

2

2

years

years

£’000

£’000

2-3

2-3

years

years

£’000

£’000

Lease payables

31 December 2022

40

40

40

31 December 2021

40

40

40

3-4

3-4

years

years

£’000

£’000

4-5

4-5

years

years

£’000

£’000

> 5 years

> 5 years

£’000

£’000

Total

Total

£’000

£’000

Lease payables

31 December 2022

40

40

13,024

13,224

31 December 2021

40

40

13,126

13,326

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

£’000

£’000

31 December

2021

£’000

Current liabilities (note 18)

40

40

Non-current liabilities (note 19)

1,420

1,423

Balance at end of year

1,460

1,463

The above is in respect of properties held by the Group under

leasehold. There are 23 properties (2021: 24) held under leasehold

with lease ranges from 125 years to 999 years.

The Group’s leasing arrangements with lessors are headlease

arrangements on land and buildings that have been sub-let under

the Group’s normal leasing arrangements (see above) to tenants.

The Group carries its interest in these headlease arrangements as

long leasehold investment property (note 14).

B. LEASES AS LESSOR

The Group leases out its investment properties (see note 14).

The future minimum lease payments receivable by the Group

under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

< 1 year

< 1 year

£’000

£’000

1-2

1-2

years

years

£’000

£’000

2-3

2-3

years

years

£’000

£’000

Lease receivables

31 December 2022

38,975

38,975

38,975

31 December 2021

35,771

35,800

35,800

3-4

3-4

years

years

£’000

£’000

4-5

4-5

years

years

£’000

£’000

> 5 years

> 5 years

£’000

£’000

Total

Total

£’000

£’000

Lease receivables

31 December 2022

38,975

38,975

462,374

657,248

31 December 2021

35,800

35,800

461,561

640,532

Leases are direct-let agreements with Registered Providers for a

term of at least 15 years and usually between 20 to 25 years with

rent linked to CPI or RPI. All leases are full repairing and insuring

(FRI) leases, the tenants are therefore obliged to repair, maintain

and renew the properties back to the original conditions.

![ ]()

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

2023 Annual Report

137

The following table gives details of the percentage of annual

rental income per Registered Provider with 10% or more than

10% share in any year presented:

Registered Provider

Registered Provider

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

% of total

% of total

annual rent

annual rent

31 December

2021

% of total

annual rent

Inclusion Housing CIC

29

30

Falcon Housing Association CIC

8

10

Parasol Homes (previously 28A

Supported Living)

10

10

Other disclosures about leases are provided in notes 5, 14, 18, 21

and 33.

29. CONTROLLING PARTIES

As at 31 December 2022 there is no ultimate controlling party of

the Company.

30. SEGMENTAL INFORMATION

IFRS 8 Operating Segments requires operating segments to be

identiﬁed based on internal ﬁnancial reports about components

of the Group that are regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating

Decision Maker (which in the Group’s case is delegated to the

Delegated Investment Adviser TPIM).

The internal ﬁnancial reports received by TPIM contain ﬁnancial

information at a Group level as a whole and there are no

reconciling items between the results contained in these reports

and the amounts reported in the ﬁnancial statements.

The Group’s property portfolio comprised 497 (2021: 488) Social

Housing properties as at 31 December 2022 in England, Wales

and Scotland. The Directors consider that these properties

represent a coherent and diversiﬁed portfolio with similar

economic characteristics and, as a result, these individual

properties have been aggregated into a single operating

segment.

In the view of the Directors there is accordingly one

reportable segment under the provisions of IFRS 8. All the Group’s

properties are engaged in a single segment business with all

revenue, assets and liabilities arising in the UK, therefore, no

geographical segmental analysis is required by IFRS 8.

31. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURE

Directors are remunerated for their services at such rate as the

Directors shall from time to time determine. The Chairman

receives a Director’s fee of £75,000 per annum (2021: £75,000),

and the other directors of the Board receive a fee of £50,000 per

annum (2021: £50,000). The Directors are also entitled to an

additional fee of £7,500 in connection with the production of

every prospectus by the Company (including the Issue), This was

received by the Directors in 2020 but not in the current year as no

prospectus was produced.

Dividends of the following amounts were paid to the Directors

during the year:

Chris Phillips: £2,960 (2021: £2,850)

Peter Coward: £4,266 (2021: £4,031)

Paul Oliver: £4,206 (2021: £4,050)

Tracey Fletcher-Ray: £2,036 (2021: £1,960)

No shares were held by Ian Reeves as at 31 December 2022

(31 December 2021: nil).

32. CONSOLIDATED ENTITIES

The Group consists of a parent Company, Triple Point Social

Housing REIT PLC, incorporated in the UK and a number of

subsidiaries held directly by the Company, which operate and are

incorporated in the UK. The principal place of business of each

subsidiary is the same as their place of incorporation.

The Group owns 100% of the equity shares of all subsidiaries

listed below and has the power to appoint and remove the

majority of the Board of those subsidiaries. The relevant activities

of the below subsidiaries are determined by the Board based on

simple majority votes. Therefore, the Directors of the Company

concluded that the Company has control over all these entities

and all these entities have been consolidated within the ﬁnancial

statements. The principal activity of all the subsidiaries relates to

property investment.

![ ]()

Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

138

The subsidiaries listed below were held as at 31 December 2022:

Name of Entity

Name of Entity

Registered Office

Registered Office

Country of

Country of

Incorporation

Incorporation

Ownership %

Ownership %

TP REIT Super HoldCo Limited\*

1 King William Street, London, EC4N 7AF

UK

100%

TP REIT HoldCo 1 Limited

1 King William Street, London, EC4N 7AF

UK

100%

TP REIT HoldCo 2 Limited

1 King William Street, London, EC4N 7AF

UK

100%

TP REIT HoldCo 3 Limited

1 King William Street, London, EC4N 7AF

UK

100%

TP REIT HoldCo 4 Limited

1 King William Street, London, EC4N 7AF

UK

100%

TP REIT HoldCo 5 Limited

1 King William Street, London, EC4N 7AF

UK

100%

TP REIT PropCo 2 Limited

1 King William Street, London, EC4N 7AF

UK

100%

TP REIT PropCo 3 Limited

1 King William Street, London, EC4N 7AF

UK

100%

TP REIT PropCo 4 Limited

1 King William Street, London, EC4N 7AF

UK

100%

TP REIT PropCo 5 Limited

1 King William Street, London, EC4N 7AF

UK

100%

Norland Estates Limited

1 King William Street, London, EC4N 7AF

UK

100%

Henderson Court 1 Ltd

1 King William Street, London, EC4N 7AF

UK

100%

Lawrence Hotel 1 Ltd

1 King William Street, London, EC4N 7AF

UK

100%

The Glebe 1 Ltd

1 King William Street, London, EC4N 7AF

UK

100%

Sunny Retford 1 Ltd

1 King William Street, London, EC4N 7AF

UK

100%

\*

indicates entity is a direct subsidiary of Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc.

The subsidiaries listed below were acquired in the year to 31 December 2022:

Name of Entity

Name of Entity

Registered Office

Registered Office

Country of

Country of

Incorporation

Incorporation

Ownership %

Ownership %

New Road 1 Ltd

1 King William Street, London, EC4N 7AF

UK

100%

My House 1 Ltd

1 King William Street, London, EC4N 7AF

UK

100%

Henderson Court 1 Ltd

1 King William Street, London, EC4N 7AF

UK

100%

Lawrence Hotel 1 Ltd

1 King William Street, London, EC4N 7AF

UK

100%

The Glebe 1 Ltd

1 King William Street, London, EC4N 7AF

UK

100%

Sunny Retford 1 Ltd

1 King William Street, London, EC4N 7AF

UK

100%

The subsidiaries listed below have been struck off since 31 December 2022:

Name of Entity

Name of Entity

Registered Office

Registered Office

Country of

Country of

Incorporation

Incorporation

Ownership %

Ownership %

My House 1 Ltd

1 King William Street, London, EC4N 7AF

UK

100%

33. FINANCIAL RISK

MANAGEMENT

The Group is exposed to market risk, interest rate risk, credit risk

and liquidity risk in the current and future periods. The Board

oversees the management of these risks. The Board’s policies for

managing each of these risks are summarised below.

33.1. MARKET RISK

The Group’s activities will expose it primarily to the market risks

associated with changes in property values.

RISK RELATING TO INVESTMENT IN

PROPERTY

Investment in property is subject to varying degrees of risk. Some

factors that affect the value of the investment in property include:

•

changes in the general economic climate;

•

competition for available properties;

•

obsolescence; and

•

Government regulations, including planning, environmental

and tax laws.

Variations in the above factors can affect the valuation of assets

held by the Group and as a result can inﬂuence the ﬁnancial

performance of the Group.

![ ]()

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

2023 Annual Report

139

The factors mentioned above have not had a material impact on

the valuations of the investment properties as at 31 December

2022, and are not expected to in the immediate future, but will

continue to be monitored closely.

Please refer to the Corporate Social Responsibility Report on

pages 42 to 43 for further information on Environmental Policy

which may affect the investment property valuations going

forward.

There was no impact on the valuations in the year ended

31 December 2022 from climate change factors, given that there

is little measurable impact on inputs at present.

33.2. INTEREST RATE RISK

The Group’s debt at 31 December 2022 does not have any

exposure to interest rate risk.

33.3. CREDIT RISK

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its

obligations under a ﬁnancial instrument or customer contract,

leading to a ﬁnancial loss. The Group is exposed to credit risks

from both its leasing activities and ﬁnancing activities, including

deposits with banks and other institutions as detailed in notes 16

and 19.

CREDIT RISK RELATED TO FINANCIAL

INSTRUMENTS AND CASH DEPOSITS

One of the principal credit risks facing the Group arises with the

funds it holds with banks and other institutions. The Board

believes that the credit risk on short-term deposits and current

account cash balances is limited because the counterparties are

banks and institutions with high credit ratings.

In August this year, Fitch has assigned the Company an Investment

Grade Long-Term Issuer Default Rating of ‘A-’ with a stable

outlook, and a senior secured rating of ‘A’ for the Group’s new

Loan Notes.

CREDIT RISK RELATED TO LEASING

ACTIVITIES

In respect of property investments, in the event of a default by a

tenant, the Group will suffer a rental shortfall and additional costs

concerning re-letting the property to another Social Housing

Registered Provider. Credit risk is primarily managed by testing

the strength of covenant of a tenant prior to acquisition and on an

ongoing basis. The Investment Manager also monitors the rent

collection in order to anticipate and minimise the impact of

defaults by occupational tenants. Outstanding rent receivables

are regularly monitored. The maximum exposure to credit risk at

the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of ﬁnancial

asset.

The Group has leases in place with ten Registered Providers that

have been deemed non-compliant by the Regulator. We continue

to conduct ongoing due diligence on all Registered Providers and

all rents payable under these leases have been paid. We continue

to monitor and maintain a dialogue with the Registered Providers

as they work with advisers and the Regulator to implement a

ﬁnancial and governance improvement action plan in order to

address the Regulator’s concerns.

The Board believes that the

credit risk associated with the non-compliant rating is limited.

33.4. LIQUIDITY RISK

The Group manages its liquidity and funding risks by considering

cash ﬂow forecasts and ensuring sufﬁcient cash balances are held

within the Group to meet future needs. Prudent liquidity risk

management implies maintaining sufﬁcient cash and marketable

securities, the availability of ﬁnancing through appropriate and

adequate credit lines, and the ability of customers to settle

obligations within normal terms of credit. The Group ensures,

through forecasting of capital requirements, that adequate cash is

available to fund the Group’s operating activities on a weekly

basis. Upcoming cash requirements are compared to existing

cash reserves available, followed by discussions around optimal

cash management opportunities in order to best manage liquidity

risk.

The following table details the Group’s liquidity analysis:

31 December 202

31 December 202

2

2

£’000

£’000

< 3

< 3

months

months

£’000

£’000

3-12

3-12

months

months

£’000

£’000

1-5

1-5

years

years

£’000

£’000

> 5

> 5

years

years

£’000

£’000

Headleases (note 28)

13,223

10

30

159

13,024

Trade and other

payables

Bank and other

borrowings (note 20):

– Fixed interest rate

263,500

–

–

–

263,500

– Variable interest rate

–

–

–

–

–

Interest payable on

bank and other

borrowings:

– Fixed interest rate

76,609

1,804

5,413

28,869

40,523

– Variable interest rate

–

–

–

–

–

353,332

1,814

5,443

29,028 317,047

![ ]()

Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

140

31 December 2021

31 December 2021

£’000

£’000

< 3

< 3

months

months

£’000

£’000

3-12

3-12

months

months

£’000

£’000

1-5

1-5

years

years

£’000

£’000

> 5

> 5

years

years

£’000

£’000

Headleases (note 28)

13,325

10

30

159

13,126

Trade and other

payables

Bank and other

borrowings (note 20):

– Fixed interest rate

263,500

–

–

– 263,500

– Variable interest rate

–

–

–

–

–

Interest payable on

bank and other

borrowings:

– Fixed interest rate

83,827

1,804

5,413

28,869

47,741

– Variable interest rate

–

–

–

–

–

360,652

1,814

5,443

29,028 324,367

33.5. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Group’s principal ﬁnancial assets and liabilities, which are all

held at amortised cost, are those that arise directly from its

operation: trade and other receivables, trade and other payables,

headleases, borrowings and cash held at bank.

Set out below is a comparison by class of the carrying amounts

and fair value of the Group’s ﬁnancial instruments that are included

in the ﬁnancial statements:

Book value

Book value

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

£’000

£’000

Fair value

Fair value

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

£’000

£’000

Book value

31 December

2021

£’000

Fair value

31 December

2021

£’000

Financial assets:

Trade and other

receivables

6,804

6,804

4,739

4,739

Cash, cash

equivalents and

restricted cash

30,139

30,139

52,470

52,470

Financial liabilities:

Trade and other

payables

3,080

3,080

3,606

3,606

Borrowings

261,088

190,314

258,702

260,761

34. POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS

There were no post balance sheet events subsequent to the end

of the period

35. CAPITAL COMMITMENTS

The Group had capital commitments of £NIL million (2021: £4.2

million) in relation to the assets exchanged but not completed at

31 December 2022.

36. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Earnings per share (“EPS”) amounts are calculated by dividing

proﬁt for the period attributable to ordinary equity holders of the

Company by the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in

issue during the period. As there are no dilutive instruments

outstanding, both basic and diluted earnings per share are the

same.

The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is based on

the following:

Year ended

Year ended

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

Year ended

31 December

2021

Calculation of Basic Earnings per share

Net proﬁt attributable to Ordinary

Shareholders (£’000)

24,902

28,410

Weighted average number of Ordinary

Shares (excluding treasury shares)

402,789,002

402,789,002

IFRS Earnings per share – basic and diluted

6.18p

7.05p

Calculation of EPRA Earnings per share

Net proﬁt attributable to Ordinary

Shareholders (£’000)

24,902

28,410

Changes in fair value of investment property

(£’000)

(8,264)

(8,998)

One-off amortisation of arrangement fees

on the cancelled RCF

2,619

–

EPRA earnings (£’000)

19,257

19,412

Non cash adjustments to include:

Amortisation of loan arrangement fees

1,006

1,279

Adjusted earnings (£’000)

20,263

20,691

Weighted average number of Ordinary

Shares (excluding treasury shares)

402,789,002

402,789,002

EPRA earnings per share

– basic and diluted

4.78p

4.82p

Adjusted earnings per share

– basic and diluted

5.03p

5.14p

Adjusted earnings is a performance measure used by the Board to

assess the Group’s dividend payments. The metric adjusts EPRA

earnings for interest paid to service debt that was capitalised, and

the amortisation of ongoing loan arrangement fees. The Board

![ ]()

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

2023 Annual Report

141

sees these adjustments as a reﬂection of actual cashﬂows which

are supportive of dividend payments. The Board compares the

Adjusted earnings to the available distributable reserves when

considering the level of dividend to pay.

37. NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE

Basic Net Asset Value (“NAV”) per share is calculated by dividing

net assets in the Group Statement of Financial Position attributable

to Ordinary Shareholders of the parent by the number of Ordinary

Shares outstanding at the end of the period. Although there are

no dilutive instruments outstanding, both basic and diluted NAV

per share are disclosed below.

Net asset values have been calculated as follows:

31 December

31 December

202

202

2

2

£’000

£’000

31 December

2021

£’000

Net assets at end of the year

439,285

436,113

Shares in issue at end of the year

(excluding treasury shares)

402,789,002

402,789,002

Dilutive shares in issue

–

–

IFRS NAV per share – basic and dilutive

109.06p

108.27p

38. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard

the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to

provide returns for shareholders and to maintain an optimal

capital structure to minimise the cost of capital.

The Group considers proceeds from share issuance, bank and

other borrowings and retained earnings as capital.

Until the Group is fully invested and pending re-investment or

distribution of cash receipts, the Group will invest in cash

equivalents, near cash instruments and money market instruments.

The level of borrowing will be on a prudent basis for the asset

class and will seek to achieve a low cost of funds, whilst maintaining

the ﬂexibility in the underlying security requirements and the

structure of both the investment property portfolio and the

Group.

The Directors currently intend that the Group should target a level

of aggregate borrowings over the medium term equal to

approximately 40% of the Group’s Gross Asset Value. The

aggregate borrowings will always be subject to an absolute

maximum, calculated at the time of drawdown, of 50% of the

Gross Asset Value.

The initial ﬁxed rate facility with MetLife requires an asset cover

ratio of x2.00 (amended from previous covenant of x2.25 in

August 2021 to bring more in line with the ACR covenant in the

new Note Purchase Agreement with Metlife and Barings) and an

interest cover ratio of x1.75. At 31 December 2022, the Group

was fully compliant with both covenants with an asset cover ratio

of x2.77 (2021: x2.75) and an interest cover ratio of x5.02 (2021:

x4.90). The subsequent facility with Metlife and Barings requires

an asset cover ratio of x1.67 and an interest cover ratio of x1.75.

At 31 December 2022, the Group was fully compliant with both

covenants with an asset cover ratio of x2.10 and an interest cover

ratio of x4.41.

![ ]()

Financial Statements

Company Statement of Financial Position

as at 31 December 2022

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

142

31 December 2022

31 December 2021

Note

£’000

£’000

Assets

Non-current assets

Investment in subsidiaries

4

395,213

382,318

Total non-current assets

395,213

382,318

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

5

1,149

3,700

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

6

14,209

12,561

Total current assets

15,358

16,261

Total assets

410,571

398,579

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

7

2,036

1,831

Total current liabilities

2,036

1,831

Total liabilities

2,036

1,831

Total net assets

408,535

396,748

Equity

Share capital

8

4,033

4,033

Share premium reserve

9

203,753

203,753

Treasury shares reserve

10

(378)

(378)

Capital reduction reserve

11

160,394

160,394

Retained earnings

13

40,733

28,946

Total Equity

408,535

396,748

Net asset value per share – basic and diluted

14

101.43p

98.50p

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption allowed under Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and has not presented its

own Statement of Comprehensive Income in these ﬁnancial statements. The proﬁt of the Company for the year was £33,517.000 (2021:

£22,463,000).

The Company Financial Statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board on 2 March 2023 and signed on its behalf by:

Chris Phillips

Chair

2 March 2023

The accompanying notes on pages 144 to 147 form an integral part of these Company Financial Statements.

Company Registration Number: 10814022

![ ]()

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

2023 Annual Report

143

Company Statement of Changes in Equity

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Share

capital

£’000

Share

premium

reserve

£’000

Treasury

shares

reserve

£’000

Capital

reduction

reserve

£’000

Retained

earnings

£’000

Total

equity

£’000

Note

Balance at 1 January 2022

4,033

203,753

(378)

160,394

28,946

396,748

Total comprehensive income for the year

–

–

–

–

33,517

33,517

Transaction with Owners

Dividends paid

12

–

–

–

–

(21,730)

(21,730)

Balance at 31 December 2022

4,033

203,753

(378)

160,394

40,733

408,535

Share

capital

£’000

Share

premium

reserve

£’000

Treasury

shares

reserve

£’000

Capital

reduction

reserve

£’000

Retained

earnings

£’000

Total

equity

£’000

Note

Balance at 1 January 2021

4,033

203,776

(378)

166,154

21,648

395,233

Total comprehensive income for the year

–

–

–

–

22,463

22,463

Transaction with Owners

Issue costs capitalised

9

–

(23)

–

–

–

(23)

Dividends paid

12

–

–

–

(5,760)

(15,165)

(20,925)

Balance at 31 December 2021

4,033

203,753

(378)

160,394

28,946

396,748

The accompanying notes on pages 144 to 147 form an integral part of these Company Financial Statements.

![ ]()

Financial Statements

Notes to the Company Accounts

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

144

1. BASIS OF PREPARATION

The ﬁnancial statements have been prepared in accordance with

Financial Reporting Standard 100 Application of Financial

Reporting Requirements (“FRS 100”) and Financial Reporting

Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework (“FRS 101”) and in

accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

1.1. DISCLOSURE EXEMPTIONS ADOPTED

In preparing these ﬁnancial statements the Company has taken

advantage of all disclosure exemptions conferred by FRS 101.

Therefore, these ﬁnancial statements do not include:

•

certain disclosures regarding the Company’s capital;

•

a statement of cash ﬂows;

•

the effect of future accounting standards not yet adopted;

•

the disclosure of the remuneration of key management

personnel; and

•

disclosure of related party transactions with other wholly-

owned members of the Group.

In addition, and in accordance with FRS 101 further disclosure

exemptions have been adopted because equivalent disclosures

are included in the Group Financial Statements. These ﬁnancial

statements do not include certain disclosures in respect of:

•

ﬁnancial instruments; and

•

fair value measurement other than certain disclosures required

as a result of recording ﬁnancial instruments at fair value.

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of

the ﬁnancial statements are set out below.

2. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING

POLICIES

2.1. CURRENCY

The Company ﬁnancial information is presented in Sterling which

is also the Company’s functional currency.

2.2. INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES

Investment in subsidiaries is included in the Company’s Statement of

Financial Position at cost less provision for impairment. Investments

are subject to impairment tests whenever events or changes in

circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be

recoverable. Where the carrying value of an asset exceeds its

recoverable amount, the asset is written down accordingly.

Impairment charges are included in proﬁt or loss, except to the extent

they reverse gains previously recognised in other comprehensive

income. Where assets have been transferred within the Group, a

capital reduction in the originating Company is performed, and a

dividend is declared to the Triple Point Social Housing REIT PLC. This

results in an impairment to investments in subsidiaries.

2.3. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Trade and other receivables are amounts due in the ordinary

course of business. If collection is expected in one year or less,

they are classiﬁed as current assets.

Rent receivables are initially recognised at fair value plus

transaction costs and are subsequently carried at amortised cost,

less provision for impairment.

Impairment provisions for amounts due from subsidiaries are

recognised based on a forward-looking expected credit loss

model using the general approach. The methodology used to

determine the amount of the provision is based on whether there

has been a signiﬁcant increase in credit risk since initial recognition

of the ﬁnancial asset. For those where the credit risk has not

increased signiﬁcantly since initial recognition of the ﬁnancial

asset, twelve month expected credit losses along with gross

interest income are recognised. For those for which credit risk has

increased signiﬁcantly, lifetime expected credit losses along with

the gross interest income are recognised. For those that are

determined to be credit impaired, lifetime expected credit losses

along with interest income on a net basis are recognised.

2.4. CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND

RESTRICTED CASH

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash include cash in hand,

cash held by lawyers and liquidity funds with a term of no more

than three months that are readily convertible to known amounts

of cash and which are subject to an insigniﬁcant risk of changes in

value.

Cash held by lawyers is money held in escrow for expenses

expected to be incurred in relation to investment properties

pending completion. These funds are available immediately on

demand.

Restricted Cash represents monies held in escrow in relation to

the on-boarding of the lease transfer.

2.5. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Trade and other payables are classiﬁed as current liabilities if

payment is due within one year or less from the end of the current

accounting period. If not, they are presented as non-current

liabilities. Trade and other payables are recognised initially at their

fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the

effective interest method until settled.

2.6. DIVIDEND PAYABLE TO SHAREHOLDERS

Dividends to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as a

liability in the Company’s ﬁnancial statements in the period in

which the dividends are approved. Interim dividends are

recognised when paid.

![ ]()

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

2023 Annual Report

145

2.7. FINANCE INCOME AND FINANCE COSTS

Finance income is recognised as interest accrues on cash balances

held by the Company. Finance costs consist of interest and other

costs that the Company incurs in connection with bank and other

borrowings. These costs are expensed in the period in which they

occur.

2.8. EXPENSES

All expenses are recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive

Income on an accruals basis.

2.9. INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT FEES

Investment advisory fees are recognised in the Statement of

Comprehensive Income on an accruals basis.

2.10. SHARE ISSUE COSTS

The costs of issuing or reacquiring equity instruments (other than

in a business combination) are accounted for as a deduction from

equity.

2.11. TREASURY SHARES

Consideration paid or received for the purchase or sale of treasury

shares is recognised directly in equity. The cost of treasury shares

held is presented as a separate reserve (the “treasury share

reserve”). Any excess of the consideration received on the sale of

treasury shares over the weighted average cost of the shares sold

is credited to retained earnings.

3. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING

JUDGEMENTS, ESTIMATES AND

ASSUMPTIONS

The preparation of the Company’s Financial Statements requires

the Directors to make judgements, estimates and assumptions

that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets

and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the

reporting date. However, uncertainty about these assumptions

and estimates could result in outcomes that require a material

adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability affected

in future periods.

The estimate and associated assumptions that

have a signiﬁcant risk of causing a material adjustment to the

carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next ﬁnancial

year is as follows:

INVESTMENTS

Investments held as ﬁxed assets are stated at cost less any

provision for impairment. The Directors assess the recoverability

of investments made and economic beneﬁt of the investments

based on market conditions, economic forecasts and cash ﬂow

estimates.

4. INVESTMENT IN

SUBSIDIARIES

31 December

2022

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

Balance at beginning of year

382,318

366,641

Reversal of Impairment

2,334

–

Acquisitions

10,561

86,851

Impairments

–

(71,174)

Balance at end of year

395,213

382,318

Investment in subsidiaries are included in the Company’s

Statement of Financial Position at cost less provision for

impairment.

The reversal of impairment in the year is due to the underlying net

asset value of the subsidiary increasing due to the valuations of

the underlying property, requiring a reversal of the original

impairment.

5. TRADE AND OTHER

RECEIVABLES

31 December

2022

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

Amounts due from subsidiaries

1,003

3,561

Prepayments

144

125

Other receivables

2

14

1,149

3,700

Included in Prepayments are prepaid acquisition costs which

include the cost of acquiring assets not completed at the year

end.

The directors consider that the carrying value of trade and other

receivables approximate their fair value. All amounts are due to

be received within one year from the reporting date.

The Group applies the general approach to providing for

expected credit losses under IFRS 9 for other receivables and

amounts due from subsidiaries. Both the expected credit loss and

the incurred loss provision in the current and prior year are

immaterial.

![ ]()

Financial Statements

Notes to the Company Accounts

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

146

6. CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS

AND RESTRICTED CASH

31 December

2022

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

Restricted cash

538

564

Cash at Bank

13,671

11,997

14,209

12,561

Restricted cash represents monies held in escrow in relation to the

transfer of leases during 2020.

7. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

CURRENT LIABILITIES

31 December

2022

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

Other creditors

20

20

Amounts due to subsidiaries

–

–

Accruals

1,979

1,763

Trade and other payables

37

48

2,036

1,831

The Directors consider that the carrying value of trade and other

payables approximate their fair value. All amounts are due for

payment within one year from the reporting date.

8. SHARE CAPITAL

Issued and

fully paid

Issued and

fully paid

Number

£’000

At 1 January 2022

403,239,002

4,033

At 31 December 2022

403,239,002

4,033

Issued and

fully paid

Issued and

fully paid

Number

£’000

At 1 January 2021

403,239,002

4,033

At 31 December 2021

403,239,002

4,033

The Company achieved admission to the specialist fund segment

of the main market of the London Stock Exchange on 8 August

2017, raising £200 million. As a result of the IPO, at 8 August

2017, 200,000,000 shares at one pence per share have been

issued and fully paid. The Company was admitted to the premium

segment of the Ofﬁcial List of the Financial Conduct Authority

and migrated to trading on the premium segment of the Main

Market on 27 March 2018.

Following a fourth public offer on 21 October 2020 the Company

issued 51,886,792 new Ordinary Shares of one pence each which

were fully paid.

The Company was admitted to the premium segment of the

Ofﬁcial List of the Financial Conduct Authority and migrated to

trading on the premium segment of the Main Market on 27 March

2018.

The table above includes 450,000 treasury shares (note 10).

Treasury shares do not hold any voting rights.

9. SHARE PREMIUM RESERVE

The share premium relates to amounts subscribed for share

capital in excess of nominal value.

31 December

2022

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

Balance at beginning of year

203,753

203,776

Share premium arising on new Ordinary

Shares

–

–

Share issue costs capitalised

–

(23)

Balance at end of year

203,753

203,753

10. TREASURY SHARES RESERVE

31 December

2022

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

Balance at beginning of year

(378)

(378)

Own shares repurchased

–

–

Balance at end of year

(378)

(378)

The treasury shares reserve relates to the value of shares purchased

by the Company in excess of nominal value. During the period

ended 31 December 2020, the Company purchased 450,000 of

its own 1p Ordinary Shares at a total gross cost of £377,706

(£374,668 cost of shares and £3,038 associated costs). As at 31

December 2022, 450,000 1p Ordinary Shares are held by the

Company (31 December 2021 – 450,000 1p Ordinary Shares).

![ ]()

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

2023 Annual Report

147

11. CAPITAL REDUCTION RESERVE

31 December

2022

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

Balance at beginning of year

160,394

166,154

Dividends paid

–

(5,760)

Balance at end of year

160,394

160,394

The capital reduction reserve relates to the distributable reserve

established on cancellation of the share premium reserve.

Dividends have been distributed out of Retained Earnings and the

Capital Reduction Reserve in the year ended 31 December 2022.

During the Board meeting on 3 August 2017 a resolution was

passed authorising the cancellation of the share premium account.

The amount standing to the credit of the share premium account

of the Company following completion of the Issue (less any issue

expenses set off against the share premium reserve) was, as a

result, credited as a distributable reserve to be established in the

Company’s books of account which shall be capable of being

applied in any manner in which the Company’s proﬁts available for

distribution (as determined in accordance with the CA 2006) are

able to be applied.

In order to cancel the share premium reserve the Company

needed to obtain a court order, which was received on

15 November 2017. An SH19 form was ﬁled at Companies House

with a copy of the court order and the certiﬁcate of cancellation

was issued by Companies House on 15 November 2017.

12. DIVIDENDS

Year ended

31 December

2022

Year ended

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

1.295p for the 3 months to 31 December

2020 paid on 26 March 2021

–

5,217

1.3p for the 3 months to 31 March 2021

paid on 25 June 2021

–

5,236

1.3p for the 3 months to 30 June 2021 paid

on 30 September 2021

–

5,236

1.3p for the 3 months to 30 September

2021 paid on 17 December 2021

–

5,326

1.3p for the 3 months to 31 December

2021 paid on 25 March 2022

5,236

–

1.365p for the 3 months to 31 March 2022

paid on 24 June 2022

5,498

–

1.365p for the 3 months to 30 June 2022

paid on 30 September 2022

5,498

–

1.365p for the 3 months to 30 September

2022 paid on 16 December 2022

5,498

–

21,730

20,925

On 2 March 2023, the Company declared an interim dividend of

1.365 pence per Ordinary share for the period 1 October 2022 to

31 December 2022. The total dividend of £5.498 million will be

paid on 31 March 2023 to Ordinary shareholders on the register on

17 March 2023.

The Company intends to pay dividends to shareholders on a

quarterly basis and in accordance with the REIT regime.

Dividends are not payable in respect of its treasury shares held.

13. RETAINED EARNINGS

31 December

2022

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

Balance at beginning of year

28,946

21,648

Total comprehensive proﬁt for the year

33,517

22,463

Dividends paid

(21,730)

(15,165)

Balance at end of year

40,733

28,946

14. NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE

Net Asset Value per share is calculated by dividing net assets in

the Company Statement of Financial Position attributable to

ordinary equity holders of the parent by the number of Ordinary

Shares outstanding at the end of the year. Although there are no

dilutive instruments outstanding, both basic and diluted NAV per

share are disclosed below.

Net asset values have been calculated as follows:

31 December

2022

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

Net assets at end of period

408,535

396,748

Shares in issue at end of period

(excluding treasury shares)

402,789,002

402,789,002

Dilutive shares in issue

–

–

Basic and dilutive per share

101.43p

98.50p

15. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption not to disclose

transactions with other members of the Group as the Company

Financial Statements are presented together with the Group Financial

Statements.

Note 31 of the Notes to the Group Financial Statements includes

details of other related party transactions undertaken by the

Company and its subsidiaries.

16. POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS

There were no post balance sheet events subsequent to the end

of the period.

![ ]()

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Financial Statements

148

Other Information

Unaudited Performance Measures

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Other Information

1. PORTFOLIO NET ASSET VALUE

The objective of the Portfolio Net Asset Value “Portfolio NAV”

measure is to highlight the fair value of the net assets on an

ongoing, long-term basis, which aligns with the Group’s business

strategy as an ongoing REIT with a long-term investment outlook.

This Portfolio NAV is made available on a quarterly basis on the

Company’s website and announced via RNS.

In order to arrive at Portfolio NAV, two adjustments are made to

the IFRS Net Asset Value (“IFRS NAV”) reported in the consolidated

ﬁnancial statements such that:

i.

The hypothetical sale of properties will take place based on

a sale of a corporate vehicle rather than a sale of underlying

property assets. This assumption reﬂects the basis upon

which the Company’s assets have been assembled within

speciﬁc SPVs.

ii.

The hypothetical sale will take place in the form of a single

portfolio disposal.

31 December

31 December

2022

2022

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

£’000

Net asset value per the consolidated

ﬁnancial statements

439,285

436,113

Value of Asset pools

439,285

436,113

Effects of the adoption to the assumed,

hypothetical sale of properties as a

portfolio and on the basis of sale of a

corporate vehicle

62,682

49,975

Portfolio Net Asset Value

501,967

486,088

After reﬂecting these amendments, the movement in net assets is

as follows:

31 December

31 December

2022

2022

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

£’000

Opening reserves

486,088

468,788

Net issue proceeds

–

(23)

Operating proﬁts

27,471

26,192

Capital appreciation

21,856

19,350

Loss on fair value adjustment on assets

held for sale

(885)

(515)

Finance income

56

44

Finance costs

(10,889)

(6,823)

Dividends paid

(21,730)

(20,925)

Portfolio Net Assets

501,967

486,088

Number of shares in issue at the year

end (excluding treasury shares)

402,789,002

402,789,002

Portfolio net asset value per share

124.62p

120.68p

2.

ADJUSTED EARNINGS PER

SHARE – PORTFOLIO NAV BASIS

Summary Consolidated Statement

Summary Consolidated Statement

of Comprehensive Income

of Comprehensive Income

31 December

31 December

2022

2022

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

£’000

Net rental income

35,227

33,117

Other income

110

–

Expenses

(7,866)

(6,926)

Fair value gains on investment property

71,830

58,973

Loss on fair value adjustment on assets

held for sale

(885)

(515)

Finance income

56

44

Finance costs

(10,889)

(6,823)

Value of each pool

87,583

77,870

Weighted average number of shares

(excluding treasury shares)

402,789,002

402,789,002

Adjusted earnings per share – basic

21.74p

19.46p

3. EPRA NET REINSTATEMENT

VALUE

31 December

31 December

2022

2022

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

£’000

IFRS NAV/EPRA NAV (£’000)

439,285

436,113

Include:

Real Estate Transfer Tax\* (£’000)

41,283

39,492

EPRA Net Reinstatement Value (£’000)

480,568

475,605

Fully diluted number of shares

402,789,002

402,789,002

EPRA Net Reinstatement value per

share

119.31p

118.07p

\* Purchaser’s costs

4. EPRA NET DISPOSAL VALUE

31 December

31 December

2022

2022

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

£’000

IFRS NAV/EPRA NAV (£’000)

439,285

436,113

Include:

Fair value of debt\* (£’000)

70,774

(2,059)

EPRA Net Disposal Value (£’000)

510,059

434,054

Fully diluted number of shares

402,789,002

402,789,002

EPRA Net Disposal Value\*\*

126.63p

107.76p

\* Difference between interest-bearing loans and borrowings included in balance

sheet at amortised cost, and the fair value of interest-bearing loans and

borrowings.

\*\*Equal to the EPRA NNNAV disclosed in previous reporting periods.

![ ]()

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

2023 Annual Report

Financial Statements

Other Information

149

5. EPRA NET TANGIBLE ASSETS

31 December

31 December

2022

2022

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

£’000

IFRS NAV/EPRA NAV (£’000)

439,285

436,113

EPRA Net Tangible Assets (£’000)

439,285

436,113

Fully diluted number of shares

402,789,002

402,789,002

EPRA Net Tangible Assets\*

109.06p

108.27p

\*equal to IFRS NAV and previous EPRA NAV metric as none of the EPRA Net

Tangible Asset adjustments are applicable as at 31 December 2022 or 31

December 2021.

6.

EPRA NET INITIAL YIELD

(NIY) AND EPRA

“TOPPED UP” NIY

31 December

31 December

2022

2022

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

£’000

Investment Property – wholly-owned

(excluding head lease ground rents)

666,253

639,831

Less: development properties

–

–

Completed property portfolio

666,253

639,831

Allowance for estimated purchasers’

costs

41,283

39,492

Gross up completed property portfolio

valuation

707,536

679,322

Annualised passing rental income

38,626

35,343

Property outgoings

–

–

Annualised net rents

38,626

35,343

Contractual increases for lease incentives

349

443

Topped up annualised net rents

38,975

35,785

EPRA NIY

5.46%

5.20%

EPRA Topped Up NIY

5.51%

5.27%

7. ONGOING CHARGES RATIO

31 December

31 December

2022

2022

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

£’000

Annualised ongoing charges

7,018

6,671

Average undiluted net assets

437,699

432,382

Ongoing charges

1.60%

1.54%

8. EPRA VACANCY RATE

31 December

31 December

2022

2022

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

£’000

Estimated Market Rental Value (ERV) of

vacant spaces

–

93

Estimated Market Rental Value (ERV) of

whole portfolio

38,975

35,785

EPRA Vacancy Rate

0%

0.26%

9. EPRA COST RATIO

31 December

31 December

2022

2022

31 December

2021

£’000

£’000

£’000

Total administrative and operating costs

7,866

6,926

Gross rental income

37,300

33,117

EPRA cost ratio

21.09%

20.91%

![ ]()

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Financial Statements

150

Other Information

Glossary and Deﬁnitions

“AIC CODE”

AIC Code of Corporate Governance produced by the Association of Investment Companies;

“AIC GUIDE”

AIC Corporate Governance Guide for Investment Companies produced by the Association of

Investment Companies;

“AIFM”

the alternative investment fund manager of the Company being Triple Point Investment

Management LLP;

“AIFMD”

the EU Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive 2011/61/EU;

“APPROVED

PROVIDER”

a housing association, Local Authority or other regulated organisation in receipt of direct payment

from local government including a care provider;

“BASIC NAV”

the value, as at any date, of the assets of the Company after deduction of all liabilities determined

in accordance with the accounting policies adopted by the Company from time to time;

“BOARD”

the Directors of the Company from time to time;

“COMPANY”

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc (company number 10814022);

“DTR”

the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules sourcebook containing the Disclosure Guidance,

Transparency Rules, corporate governance rules and the rules relating to primary information

providers;

“EPRA”

the European Public Real Estate Association;

“GAV”

the gross assets of the Company in accordance with applicable accounting rules from time to time;

“GROUP”

the Company and any subsidiary undertakings from time to time;

“INVESTMENT

MANAGER”

Triple Point Investment Management LLP (partnership number OC321250);

“IPO”

the admission by the Company of 200 million Ordinary Shares to trading on the Specialist Fund

Segment of the Main Market, which were the subject of the Company's initial public offering on 8

August 2017;

“NAV”

the net assets of the Company in accordance with applicable accounting rules from time to time;

“NIY”

net initial yield, being the annual rent generated under a lease in respect of a

property divided by the combined total of that property’s acquisition price and acquisition costs;

“ORDINARY

SHARES”

ordinary shares of £0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

![ ]()

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

2023 Annual Report

Financial Statements

Other Information

151

“REGISTERED

PROVIDER”

a housing association or Local Authority;

“REGULATOR OF

SOCIAL HOUSING”

The Regulator of Social Housing is an executive non-departmental public body, sponsored by the

Department for Levelling Up, Housing and Communities responsible for promoting a viable,

efﬁcient and well-governed social housing sector.

“REIT”

means

a

qualifying

real

estate

investment

trust

in

accordance

with

the

UK

REIT

Regime introduced by the UK Finance Act 2006 and subsequently re-written into Part 12 of the

Corporation Tax Act 2010;

“SUPPORTED

HOUSING”

accommodation that is suitable, or adapted, for residents with special needs, which may (but does

not necessarily): (a) include some form of personal care provided by a supported

housing care provider; and/or (b) that enable those tenants to live independently in the

community;

“SPECIALISED

SUPPORTED

HOUSING”

accommodation which is designed, structurally altered, refurbished or designated for occupation

by, and made available to, residents who require specialised services or support in order to enable

them to live, or to adjust to living, independently within the community;

“TOTAL RETURN”

the percentage increase in net asset value plus dividends paid since IPO; and

“WAULT”

the weighted average unexpired lease term certain across the portfolio, weighted by contracted

rental

income.

We

have

included

all

parts

of

the

term

certain,

including additional leases which are triggered by landlords’ put options, but not those triggered

by lessees’ call options unless the options were mutual.

![ ]()

Company Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Triple Point Social Housing REIT plc

Financial Statements

152

Other Information

Shareholder Information

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

REGISTERED OFFICE

Chris Phillips (Chairman)

Ian Reeves CBE (Senior Independent Director)

Peter Coward (Non-executive director)

Paul Oliver (Non-executive director)

Tracey Fletcher-Ray (Non-executive director)

1 King William Street

London

EC4N 7AF

ALTERNATIVE INVESTMENT FUND MANAGER

(“INVESTMENT MANAGER”)

JOINT FINANCIAL ADVISER

Akur Limited

66 St James’s Street

London

SW1A 1NE

Triple Point Investment Management LLP

1 King William Street

London

EC4N 7AF

JOINT FINANCIAL ADVISER AND

CORPORATE BROKER

LEGAL ADVISER

Taylor Wessing LLP

5 New Street Square

London

EC4A 3TW

Stifel Nicolaus Europe Limited

150 Cheapside

London

EC2V 6ET

TAX ADVISER

DEPOSITARY

Deloitte LLP

1 New Street Square

London

EC4A 3BZ

INDOS Financial Limited

The Scalpel

52 Lime Street

London

EC3M 7AF

ADMINISTRATOR AND COMPANY

SECRETARY

REGISTRAR

Hanway Advisory Limited

1 King William Street

London

EC4N 7AF

Computershare Investor Services PLC

The Pavilions

Bridgwater Road

Bristol

BS99 6ZZ

AUDITOR

VALUER

BDO LLP

55 Baker Street

London

W1U 7EU

Jones Lang LaSalle Limited

30 Warwick Street

London

W1B 5NH

![ ]()

1 King William Street | London | EC4N 7AF

For further information about the Triple Point

please call

020 7201 8990

or send an email to

contact@triplepoint.co.uk

www.triplepoint.co.uk

Triple Point is the trading name for the Triple Point Group which includes the following companies and associated entities: Triple

Point Investment Management LLP registered in England & Wales no. OC321250, authorised and regulated by the Financial

Conduct Authority no. 456597, Triple Point Administration LLP registered in England & Wales no. OC391352 and authorised and

regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority no. 618187, and TP Nominees Limited registered in England & Wales no.07839571,

all of 1 King William Street, London, EC4N 7AF, UK.

We will process any personal data of yours received in connection with the business we carry on with you in accordance with our

privacy policy, which can be found on our website or provided to you upon request.